JP6515479B2 - Gaming machine - Google Patents

Description

  The present invention relates to a gaming machine.

  A game machine such as a pachinko machine is provided with a speaker as a sound generation means capable of generating a sound such as a sound effect (see, for example, Patent Document 1). In the gaming machine, the sound output from the speaker is emitted toward the front of the gaming machine.

JP, 2005-261808, A

  However, there is still room for improvement in the configuration in which the sound output from the speaker is emitted forward of the gaming machine.

  The present invention has been made in view of the above-described circumstances and the like, and it is an object of the present invention to provide a configuration suitable for releasing a sound output from a speaker to the front of a gaming machine.

  Hereinafter, means for solving the above problems will be described.

The invention according to claim 1 is
A gaming machine body having a gaming board;
A game machine front body rotatably provided in front of the game machine with respect to the game machine body;
A ball receptacle provided on the front face of the gaming machine and capable of storing gaming balls;
A ball passage for discharging game balls to the ball receptacle;
A speaker having a diaphragm and outputting a sound according to the vibration of the diaphragm;
Discharge means capable of releasing the sound output from the speaker forward of the gaming machine;
Equipped with
The outer peripheral portion of the ball passage is passing portion is provided capable of passing the sound in the discharge means to the ball passage,
The ball passage is
The sound emitted from the passage portion to the ball passage can be emitted toward the ball receiving plate,
It has a front passage portion provided on the front face of the gaming machine and communicating with the ball receptacle,
The gaming machine front body constitutes at least a part of the front passage portion and the discharging means .

  According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a configuration suitable for emitting the sound output from the speaker to the front of the gaming machine.

It is a perspective view showing a pachinko machine in a 1st embodiment. It is a perspective view which expands and shows the main composition of a pachinko machine. It is a perspective view which expands and shows the main composition of a pachinko machine. It is a front view of a game board unit. It is a longitudinal cross-sectional view which shows the channel | path structure formed inside the delivery apparatus. It is an exploded perspective view of a front door frame. It is a front view of a front door frame. It is the sectional view on the AA line of FIG. 7 for demonstrating the structure of a lower tray unit. It is the BB sectional drawing of FIG. 7 for demonstrating the structure of a lower tray unit. It is an explanatory view for explaining passage composition of a game ball. It is an explanatory view for explaining a game ball distribution part. It is a perspective view which shows the state which isolate | separated the front door side passage unit from the front door frame. It is a perspective view of a front door side passage unit. It is a disassembled perspective view of a front door side passage unit. It is a front view of a front door side passage unit. It is a figure which shows the internal structure of a front door side passage unit. It is a top view of a front door side passage unit. It is an exploded perspective view of a shutter mechanism. It is an explanatory view for explaining movement of a shutter mechanism. It is an explanatory view for explaining ball clogging control structure. It is an explanatory view for explaining movement of a shutter mechanism. It is a figure which shows the operation | movement aspect of a ball | bowl intrusion control member. It is a figure which shows the operation | movement aspect of a ball | bowl intrusion control member. It is a block diagram which shows the electric constitution of a pachinko machine. It is an explanatory view for explaining the contents of the various counters used for the etc. lottery. It is a flowchart which shows the main processing performed by main MPU of a main control apparatus. It is a flowchart which shows timer interruption processing. It is a flow chart which shows special figure special electric power control processing. (A) is the schematic which shows the kind of fluctuation | variation display aspect, (b) group is schematic which shows the outline | summary of each fluctuation | variation display aspect. It is a flow chart which shows confirmation processing for a reservation notice. It is a flowchart which shows the setting process of a pending | holding command. It is a flowchart which shows the payment state detection process performed by a payment control apparatus. It is a flowchart which shows the payment state reception process performed by main MPU. It is a flow chart which shows notice / production control processing performed by sub MPU of a notice / production control device. It is a flowchart which shows the response | compatibility process of a pending | holding command. It is a figure which shows the internal structure of the front door side passage unit in 2nd Embodiment. It is an exploded perspective view of a front door side passage unit in a 3rd embodiment. It is a figure which shows the internal structure of a front door side passage unit. It is a disassembled perspective view of the front door side passage unit in a 4th embodiment.

First Embodiment
Hereinafter, an embodiment of a pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter referred to as a "pachinko machine"), which is a type of gaming machine, will be described in detail based on the drawings. FIG. 1 is a perspective view of a pachinko machine 10 viewed from the front side, and FIGS. 2 and 3 are perspective views showing the main configuration of the pachinko machine 10 in an expanded manner. In addition, in FIG. 2, the structure in the game area PE of the pachinko machine 10 is abbreviate | omitted for convenience.

  As shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine 10 has an outer frame 11 forming an outer shell of the pachinko machine 10 and a gaming machine main unit 12 attached to the outer frame 11.

  The outer frame 11 is configured by connecting wooden plate members to four sides, and has a rectangular frame shape. The pachinko machine 10 is installed in the game hall by fixing the outer frame 11 to the island facility. In the pachinko machine 10, the outer frame 11 is not an essential component, and the outer frame 11 may be provided on an island facility of the game arcade.

  The gaming machine main part 12 is supported by the outer frame 11 in an openable / closable manner. Specifically, the upper support bracket 17 is fixed to the connection portion between the upper frame portion and the left frame portion in the outer frame 11, and the lower connection portion between the lower frame portion and the left frame portion in the outer frame 11 is further fixed. A side support fitting 18 is provided. The upper support bracket 17 and the lower support bracket 18 constitute a support mechanism, and the support mechanism rotates the left side of the gaming machine main part 12 with respect to the outer frame 11 in the front view of the pachinko machine 10 on the base end side. The right side is the front end side of the rotation, and can be rotated forward of the pachinko machine 10 (see FIGS. 2 and 3).

  As shown in FIG. 2, the gaming machine main part 12 includes an inner frame 13 as a gaming machine main body, a front door frame 14 as a game machine front body disposed in front of the inner frame 13, and an inner frame 13. And a back pack unit 15 disposed at the rear. The inner frame 13 of the gaming machine main part 12 is rotatably supported relative to the outer frame 11. In detail, the inner frame 13 is pivotable forward with the left side as the pivoting base end and the right side as the pivoting tip side in front view.

  A front door frame 14 is rotatably supported by the inner frame 13 and can be pivoted forward with the left side as a pivoting base end and the right side as a pivoting tip side in a front view. In addition, the back pack unit 15 is rotatably supported by the inner frame 13 and can be rotated backward with the left side as the rotation base end side and the right side as the rotation tip end side in a front view ( See Figure 3).

<Front door frame 14>
Next, the front door frame 14 will be described. As shown in FIG. 2, the front door frame 14 is mainly composed of a synthetic resin frame body 20 whose outer shape has substantially the same shape as the outer frame 11, and covers almost the entire front surface of the inner frame 13. There is. A substantially elliptical window 21 is formed in the central portion of the frame 20 so that almost the entire game area PE described later can be viewed from the front, and the window 21 is formed by the window panel 22. It is closed from the back side of the front door frame 14.

  The window panel portion 22 includes a plurality of transparent glass panels 23 and a glass holder for holding the glass panels 23. The glass holder is formed with a partition part that divides the holding area of the glass panel 23 back and forth, and the two glass panels 23 face each other in the front and back across the partition part. That is, by securing a predetermined gap between the two glass panels 23, the game area PE is doubly covered from the front side of the pachinko machine 10 by the glass panels 23, while avoiding interference between the glass panels 23. It is in the state.

  In addition, it is not necessary to unitize both the glass panels 23 using a glass holder, and it is good also as a structure which attaches each glass panel 23 with respect to the frame 20 separately. Furthermore, the number of glass panels is arbitrary, and may be one or three or more. However, from the viewpoint of improving safety and crime prevention, it is preferable to adopt a plurality of glass panels and make the respective glass panels face each other with a predetermined gap therebetween. Incidentally, it is also possible to employ a synthetic resin panel member having transparency in place of the glass panel.

  As shown in FIG. 1, light emitting means such as various lamps are provided around the window panel portion 22 (specifically, the window portion 21). For example, along the periphery of the window portion 21, an annular lamp portion 26 incorporating light emitting means such as an LED is provided. The annular lamp unit 26 is lighted or blinked according to a change in the gaming state at the time of a jackpot or a predetermined reach. In addition, an error display lamp unit 27 is provided at the center of the annular lamp unit 26 and at the top of the pachinko machine 10 to be turned on at the time of a predetermined error, and further to the right and left side thereof A ramp 28 is provided.

  The pachinko machine 10 has an upper speaker portion 29 provided at the upper portion thereof and a lower speaker portion 30 provided at the lower portion thereof. The speaker units 29 and 30 can output sounds (audible sounds including voice messages) such as effect sounds, sound effects, and notification sounds. The effect sound is a sound capable of enhancing the effect in the game, and the effect sound includes a melody according to the effect, an effect sound according to the game state, and the like. The notification sound may, for example, be a guidance sound for informing the player of the state of the pachinko machine 10 or a fraudulent sound for informing the hole manager of the fraud.

  The upper speaker portion 29 is provided at the upper portion of the front door frame 14 at a position close to the right and left prize ball lamp portions 28. Each upper speaker portion 29 is disposed at a position near each corner on the upper side of the front door frame 14 at a position above the award ball lamp portion 28.

  Below the window portion 21 in the front door frame 14 (frame 20), an upper bulging portion 31 and a lower bulging portion 32 bulging toward the front side are vertically arranged in parallel. An upper plate 33 opened upward is provided inside the upper bulging portion 31, and a lower plate 34 opening similarly upward is provided inside the lower bulging portion 32. The upper tray 33 has a function for temporarily storing gaming balls as gaming media paid out from a later-described payout device and guiding the gaming balls to the gaming ball launch mechanism side described later while aligning them in a line. Further, the lower tray 34 has a function of storing the game balls which become surplus in the upper tray 33. The lower plate 34 corresponds to a bowl.

  The upper tray 33 has a ball inlet 33a at its back wall and temporarily stores the game balls paid out from the later-described payout device and introduced through the ball inlet 33a, and aligns the game balls in a row However, it has a function of leading to the ball outlet 33b (see FIG. 7). The game ball that has come out of the upper tray 33 from the ball outlet 33b is guided to a game ball launch mechanism described later.

  The lower plate 34 has ball inlets 34a and 34b (see FIG. 7) provided in its back wall. Of the ball inlets 34a and 34b, the first ball inlet 34a is capable of introducing the surplus gaming balls in the upper plate 33 to the lower plate 34, and the second ball inlet 34b is an upper plate It is possible to introduce the game balls stored in 33 into the lower plate 34. Further, a ball removal hole 35 is formed at the bottom of the lower plate 34, and the ball removal hole 35 is opened by operating the ball removal lever 36 provided on the front side of the lower bulging portion 32. The stored gaming balls are discharged below the lower tray 34. The ball removal hole 35 is closed so as to be able to open and close by a closing plate 37, and the closing plate 37 shifts to an open state in response to the operation of the ball removal lever 36.

  A game ball emission handle 41 is provided on the right side of the lower side bulging portion 32 so as to protrude to the front side. By operating the game ball emission handle 41, a game ball is emitted from a game ball emission mechanism described later. The game ball emission handle 41 is disposed on the opposite side of the lower speaker unit 30 across the lower plate 34 in the width direction of the pachinko machine 10.

  As shown in FIG. 2, a front door side passage unit 45 is attached to the back of the front door frame 14. The front door side passage unit 45 is made of synthetic resin, and has a front door side upper plate passage 272 communicating with the upper plate 33 and a front door lower plate passage 273 communicating with the lower plate 34 (see FIG. See Figure 15). In the front door side passage unit 45, the upper corner portion is formed with a receiving portion that protrudes rearward and is opened upward, and the receiving portion is partitioned into right and left by a partition wall, and the front door side upper dish passage The inlet portion of the portion 272 and the inlet portion of the lower door channel portion 273 on the front door side are partitioned. The gaming balls having entered the front door upper tray passage portion 272 are guided to the upper tray 33, and the gaming balls having entered the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 are guided to the lower tray 34.

  Protruding shafts are provided at the upper end portion and the lower end portion of the rotation base end side of the back surface of the front door frame 14. These projection shafts constitute an assembly mechanism for the inner frame 13. Further, on the pivoting tip side of the back surface of the front door frame 14, a plurality of hook fittings 49 extending rearward are provided in parallel in the vertical direction. These hooks 49 constitute a locking mechanism for the inner frame 13.

<Inner frame 13>
Next, the inner frame 13 will be described in detail based on FIGS. 2 and 3. The inner frame 13 mainly includes an inner frame base 50 whose outer shape is substantially rectangular like the outer frame 11. The height dimension of the inner frame base 50 is set to be slightly smaller than the height dimension of the outer frame 11. Further, the inner frame base 50 is disposed close to the upper frame portion of the outer frame 11, and a slight gap is formed between the lower frame portion of the outer frame 11 and the inner frame base 50. A curtain plate is attached to the outer frame 11 so as to close the gap. The curtain plate is disposed below the inner frame base 50 (more specifically, the lower end portion thereof), and the inner frame base 50 is placed on the curtain plate when the inner frame 13 is closed to the outer frame 11. It becomes.

  Support brackets 51 and 52 are attached to the upper end and the lower end of the rotation base end side of the front surface of the inner frame base 50. Shaft holes are formed in the support fittings 51 and 52, and the front door frame 14 is rotatably supported with respect to the inner frame 13 by inserting the protruding shafts of the front door frame 14 into these shaft holes. ing.

  At the front end of the inner frame base 50 on the pivoting end side, insertion holes for inserting a hook 49 provided on the back of the front door frame 14 are respectively provided. In the pachinko machine 10, a locking device 55 for locking the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14 is disposed behind the inner frame 13 in a hidden manner. Therefore, the front door frame 14 is locked to the inner frame 13 such that the front door frame 14 can not be opened by being locked to the locking device 55 (specifically, the front door hook receiving member) through the insertion hole. The locking device 55 also has an inner frame wedge member 57 extending rearward of the inner frame 13. When the inner frame wedge member 57 is hooked on the wedge receiving member 19 of the outer frame 11, the gaming machine main portion 12 is locked in a closed state with respect to the outer frame 11.

  At the lower right corner of the inner frame base 50, a cylinder lock 58 for unlocking the locking device 55 is installed. The cylinder lock 58 is integrated with the locking device 55, and turning the key inserted in the key hole of the cylinder lock 58 to the right unlocks the front door frame 14 with respect to the inner frame 13 and inserts it into the key hole of the cylinder lock 58. The locking device 55 is configured such that the locking of the inner frame 13 with respect to the outer frame 11 is released when the key is turned to the left.

  In the central portion of the inner frame base 50, a game board accommodating portion 53 for accommodating the game board unit 60 is formed. The game board accommodating portion 53 is a concave portion recessed rearward of the gaming machine according to the outer shape of the game board unit 60, and the gaming board unit 60 is manually locked in a state of being fitted into the game board accommodating portion 53 from the front of the game machine It is fixed by the mechanism. A substantially rectangular window hole 54 is formed at the bottom of the game board storage portion 53, and the rear face configuration (a back block 60b described later) of the game board unit 60 protrudes behind the inner frame 13 through the window hole 54. ing. It is to be noted that the entire area of the window hole 54 is covered from the front of the gaming machine by the game board unit 60 mounted on the inner frame base 50.

<Game unit 60>
The game board unit 60 is provided on the game board 60a mainly formed of a plate material made of a transparent synthetic resin material, and on the back side of the game board 60a, and various game components (variable display device, control device, movable type described later) The rear effect block, the light emitting decorative member, etc.) are integrated with the rear block 60b mounted on the block base 136, and the front portion of the rear block 60b is visible through the game board 60a.

  On the front of the game board 60a is formed the above-described game area PE where game balls flow down. As described above, the game area PE is covered by the window panel section 22 (specifically, the rear glass panel 23). In the window panel portion 22, the gap between the rear glass panel 23 and the front surface of the game board 60a is slightly larger than the diameter of the game ball, that is, the game ball flowing down the game area PE is the same as the game area PE. It is arranged so as not to line up in front and back in the same place. Thereby, ball clogging in the game area PE is suppressed. The game board 60a (specifically, a plate) is not limited to a synthetic resin, and may be made of wood.

  Hereinafter, based on FIG. 4, the game board unit 60 (in particular, various configurations arranged in the game area PE of the game board 60a) will be described. FIG. 4 is a front view of the game board unit 60. As shown in FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 4, the game board 60a is formed with a plurality of large and small openings penetrating in its own thickness direction (front-rear direction). In each opening, a general winning opening 61, a variable winning device 64, operation openings 62 and 63, a through gate 65 and the like are disposed. When gaming balls enter the general winning opening 61, the variable winning device 64 and the operation openings 62, 63, the gaming balls are detected by detection sensors (not shown) provided corresponding to the respective ball entry portions, and the detection results Based on the above, a bonus such as a predetermined number of winning balls (payout of gaming balls) is given to the player. In addition, an out port 68 is provided at the lowermost portion of the game board 60a, and game balls which have not entered into various ball entry sections etc. are discharged from the game area PE through the out port 68. In the following description, in order to clearly distinguish the game ball from entering the out slot 68, the general winning slot 61, the variable winning device 64, and the entry of the game ball into the operation port 62, 63 are both "winning" Express.

  Further, on the game board 60a, a large number of nails are implanted to appropriately disperse and adjust the flow-down path of the game balls, and various members (features) such as a windmill are disposed. The flow paths of the game balls are differentiated by the various configurations such as the nails and the windmills, and the above-mentioned winning of the general winning opening 61 etc. is adjusted to occur with an appropriate probability.

  A central opening 72 is formed at the center of the game board 60a, and a transparent opening cover (not shown) is attached to cover the central opening 72 from the back side of the game board 60a. Behind the central opening 72, the variable display unit 67 belonging to the rear face block 60b is located, and the variable display unit 67 etc. can be viewed from the front of the gaming machine through the central opening 72 (opening cover). .

  Incidentally, the game board 60a has an opaque sheet material stacked on the transparent plate material. This sheet material is attached to the front plate surface of the transparent plate material, and blocks the line of sight to the back side of the game board 60a. For this reason, the range which can be viewed from the front of the gaming machine in the rear block 60b is limited to the portion exposed to the front of the gaming machine through the central opening 72 of the gaming board 60a.

  In the game board 60a, operation openings 62, 63, a through gate 65, etc. are disposed around the central opening 72. The operating ports 62 and 63 are constituted by an upper operating port 62 disposed below the variable display unit 67 and a lower operating port 63 disposed immediately below the upper operating port 62, and in particular, the lower operating port In the (lottery trigger entry section) 63, an electric combination 71 as an openable / closable ball entry assisting device (ball entry assisting means) or an open / close member (opening / closing means) is provided. The electric part 71 has a pair of left and right movable pieces and a solenoid type drive unit for driving the movable pieces, and an open state (auxiliary state) in which the ball entering the lower operation port 63 is possible or easy And, it is possible to switch to a closed state (non-assisted state) where the same ball entry is impossible or difficult.

  The through gate 65 is disposed on the upstream side of the lower operation opening 63 (more specifically, to the side of the variable display unit 67), and it is won by lottery using the passage of the through gate 65 of the game ball as a trigger. In this case, the motor-operated combination 71 is switched from the closed state to the open state for a predetermined time.

  In addition, when the ball entering the upper operation opening 62 occurs, the payout of three game balls is executed, and when the ball entering the lower operation opening 63 occurs, the payout of four game balls is executed However, the number of game balls to be paid out is not limited to the above. However, in order to enhance the advantage of the lower operation port 63 with respect to the upper operation port 62, it is preferable to set the number of payouts related to the lower operation port 63 larger than the number of payouts related to the upper operation port 62.

  The variable winning device (special ball entering device or special ball entering means) 64 has a large winning hole leading to the back side of the game board 60a, and an opening and closing member (opening and closing means) for opening and closing the big winning hole. There is an open / close door. The open / close door is switchable between an open state (assisting state) in which the game ball can or can not enter the ball and a closed state (non-assisting state) in which the ball is impermissible or difficult. The door is connected to a variable winning drive (specifically, a solenoid) provided on the back side of the game board 60a, and normally the door is kept closed and opened in the internal lottery. It is possible to switch to the open state when winning in the transition to the execution mode (opening / closing execution state) (when the jackpot is won in transition to the special gaming state advantageous to the player than the normal gaming state) There is.

  Here, the open / close execution mode is a mode in which transition is made when a big hit is won. The opening mode of the variable winning device 64 in the opening / closing execution mode is, for example, a lapse of a predetermined time (for example, 30 seconds) or a predetermined number (for example, 10) of winnings as one round, and a plurality of rounds (for example, 16 rounds) The opening and closing of the door is set to be repeated.

  Here, the variable display unit 67 will be supplementarily described. The variable display unit 67 has a symbol display device 75 that variably displays (variates) symbols by using a winning on the operation openings 62 and 63 as a trigger. The symbol display device 75 is configured as a liquid crystal display device provided with a liquid crystal display, and the display content is controlled by a display control device 170 described later. On the display screen 75a of the symbol display device 75, symbols are displayed side by side, for example, in the upper, middle, and lower positions, and these symbols are displayed so as to be scrolled in the left-right direction. When the jackpot is won, the symbols of the predetermined combination are stopped and displayed on the previously set effective line, and the mode is shifted to the open / close execution mode (special game state or jackpot). The symbol display device 75 does not necessarily have to be a liquid crystal display device, and may be a dot matrix or 7 segment type display device.

  A center frame 77 is provided on the game board 60 a so as to surround the central opening 72. The center frame 77 is fixed to the game board 60a (specifically, a plate) from its front side, and in such a fixed state, the center frame 77 stands up from the front of the game board 60a. The gap dimension between the window 77 and the window panel portion 22 is configured to be smaller than the diameter dimension of the gaming ball. This prevents the game ball flowing down the game area PE from colliding with the symbol display device 75, and the flow-down path of the game ball flowing down the game area PE is to the right of the variable display unit 67 (more specifically, the center frame 77). It is divided roughly into the route to bypass from and the route to bypass from the left side.

  On the upper surface of the frame portion constituting the lower portion of the center frame 77, a stage portion capable of rolling the game ball to the left and right is formed. The game balls, which flowed in from the inlets formed in the left and right left frame portions of the center frame 77, are discharged onto the stage portion through the warp passage formed similarly in the center frame 77. About a stage part, it is constituted so that the game ball which reached the stage part concerned may flow comparatively easily into upper operation opening 62, and a degree of attention of the player for movement of the game ball on this stage part is improved. Contribute to

  Here, in the present embodiment, as described above, the central opening 72 is covered by the transparent opening cover, so that the game ball reached on the stage portion does not move to the back block 60 b (variable display unit 67) side. It is regulated.

  The operation ports 62 and 63 are disposed at positions closer to the central opening 72 (variable display unit 67). Since a transition to the special game state can be triggered by a winning of the operation opening 62, 63, the player pays attention to whether or not to win the operation opening 62, 63, and grasps whether or not to shift to the special gaming state Therefore, it is considered to pay attention to the symbol display device 75. Providing the operation openings 62 and 63 closer to the variable display unit 67 is a device for concentrating a portion that the player wants to focus on around the variable display unit 67.

  At the right end of the game board 60a (the pivoting end of the game board unit 60 described later), a game area dividing member 99 for partitioning and forming the game area PE is provided together with a guide rail 100 described later. The game area partitioning member 99 is provided with a stopper member with which a game ball flying along the main display unit 81 and the induction rail 100 collides. The stopper member is a buffer member disposed near the tip of the guide rail 100, and the gaming ball having collided with the stopper member flows down the game area PE after its momentum is reduced. In other words, the stopper member is provided with a damping function to weaken the momentum of the game ball which has collided.

  Here, the main display unit 81 will be supplementarily described. The main display unit 81 is embedded in the game area partitioning member 99, and a part of the main display unit 81 is disposed to face the window panel portion 22. A main display portion on which a predetermined pattern or the like is displayed is provided in the facing portion. The main display unit 81 is electrically connected to a main controller to be described later, and the display content of the main display unit is controlled by the main controller.

  The main display unit is a display unit for a lower operation opening that displays a lottery result based on winning in the upper operation opening 62, and for a right operation opening that displays a lottery result performed based on a winning in the lower operation opening 63. And a display unit. In the lower operation opening display section, the variation display of the pattern is performed with the winning of the upper operation opening 62 as a trigger, and as a result of the stop of the variation display, the internal lottery performed on the basis of the winning of the upper operation opening 62 The result is clear. When the result of the internal lottery based on the winning to the upper operation port 62 is a winning result corresponding to the transition to the open / close execution mode, the variable display is stopped at the lower operation port display portion, and the predetermined result is given as the stop result. After the symbol of is displayed, the mode is switched to the open / close execution mode.

  In the lower operating opening display unit, the variable display of the pattern is performed triggered by the winning of the lower operating opening 63, and as a result of the stop of the variable display, the internal lottery performed based on the winning of the lower operating opening 63. The result is clear. If the result of the internal lottery based on the winning in the lower operation port 63 is a winning result corresponding to the big hit, the variable display is stopped on the right operation port display section, and a predetermined pattern is displayed as the stop result. After that, the mode is switched to the open / close execution mode according to the result.

  Here, based on the winning of any of the operation openings 62 and 63, the variable display is started in the corresponding operation opening display unit, and a predetermined stop result is displayed, and the above-mentioned fluctuation display is stopped until the fluctuation display is stopped. It corresponds to one of the times. However, once of the game times is not limited to the above contents, for example, a single display area is provided, and even if any of the operation openings 62 and 63 have a winning, the single In the configuration in which the variable display is performed in the display area, the variable display is started in the single display area, and until the variable display is stopped in a state where the predetermined stop result is displayed, one time of the game round It is also possible.

  Further, in addition to the above-described display units, a through gate display unit for displaying a lottery result based on winning on the through gate 65 is juxtaposed to the main display unit of the main display unit 81. In the through gate display unit, the variation display of the pattern is performed triggered by the winning of the through gate 65, and the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning of the through gate 65 is clearly indicated as a stop result of the variation display. Be done. When the result of the internal lottery based on the winning on the through gate 65 is the winning result corresponding to the shift to the electronic part opening state, a predetermined stop result is displayed on the through gate display section, and the variable display is displayed. After being stopped, shift to the open state. In the open state, the motorized accessory 71 provided in the lower operation port 63 is opened in a predetermined manner.

  Furthermore, in the present embodiment, a configuration is adopted in which the number of times the game ball passes through gate 65 is held up to four times at most, but the number of held is displayed on the main display portion of main display unit 81. A display unit for the number of reservations is provided.

  The main display unit described in detail above is visible from the front of the pachinko machine 10 through the window panel unit 22 of the front door frame 14, and the game ball is prevented from moving in front of these various display units. Because of that, its visibility is secured.

  Referring back to FIG. 2, the structure of the inner frame 13 will be described. In the inner frame base 50 below the mounting area of the game board 60a, the game is directed to the game area PE based on the operation of the game ball emission handle 41. A game ball firing mechanism 110 for firing a ball is provided. The game ball firing mechanism 110 has a solenoid 111 for launching a game ball disposed at a predetermined launch standby position, a launch rail 112 for defining the launch direction of the game ball launched by the solenoid 111, and the game at the launch standby position. A ball feeding device 113 for feeding balls and a base plate 114 on which the various components 111 to 113 are mounted are provided as main components, and by fixing the base plate 114 to the inner frame base 50, an inner frame base is provided. Integrated with 50.

  The launch rail 112 is fixed to the base plate 114 in an inclined state so as to be inclined upward toward the game board 60 a side. At a position closer to the downstream end (i.e., the lower end) of the firing rail 112, a ball stopper that holds the gaming balls supplied from the ball feeding device 113 in the above-described firing standby position is disposed. The solenoid 111 is disposed at a position further downstream than the ball stopper.

  The solenoid 111 is electrically connected to a power supply and emission control device described later. The output shaft of the solenoid 111 reciprocates in the expansion and contraction direction based on the output of the electric signal from the power supply and emission control device, so that the game ball placed at the emission standby position is on the game board 60a side, specifically, the game It is launched toward the guide rail 100 mounted on the board 60a.

  The induction rail 100 partitions the game area PE so that the outer shape of the game area PE is substantially circular. Further, the guide rail 100 is composed of an inner rail 101 and an outer rail 102 which are disposed to face each other with a gap slightly larger than the diameter of the game ball, and the two rails 101 and 102 define a single guide passage 103 It is formed. The guiding passage 103 has an inlet portion opened to the tip side (obliquely lower) of the firing rail 112, and an outlet portion located at the top of the game area PE. The game ball fired based on the operation of the solenoid 111 is guided to the game area PE by moving in the order of the firing rail 112 → the induction rail 100 (inlet portion → outlet portion). By adjusting the operation amount of the game ball emission handle 41, the game ball is divided into the area on the left side of the variable display unit 67 in the game area PE and the area on the right side of the variable display unit 67 in the game area PE. It is possible.

  In addition, on the tip side of the exit part of the game board 60a, specifically, near the tip of the inner rail 101, a reverse return preventing member 106 is attached which prevents the game ball reaching the game area PE from returning into the same induction passage 103. It is suppressed that the game ball which has reached the game area PE ahead of time prevents the launch of the following game ball from being blocked.

  The guide rail 100 (see FIG. 4) and the launch rail 112 are disposed such that the inlet portion of the guide rail 100 and the tip end portion of the launch rail 112 face each other diagonally across the lower edge of the game board 60a. That is, the two rails 100 and 112 are arranged such that the inlet portion of the guide rail 100 and the tip portion of the firing rail 112 are displaced laterally in the vicinity of the lower edge of the game board 60a. As a result, while the two rails 100, 112 are brought close to the lower edge of the game board 60a, a gap of a predetermined distance is formed between the entrance portion of the guide rail 100 and the firing rail 112.

  A ball ball passage 118 is disposed below the gap formed in this manner. The foul ball passage 118 is integrally formed with the front door side passage unit 45 of the front door frame 14. If the game ball fired from the game ball firing mechanism 110 does not reach the game area PE and moves backward in the guiding passage 103 as a far ball, those far balls enter the far ball passage 118 through the above-mentioned gap. It becomes. The foul ball passage 118 communicates with the lower door passage portion 273 on the front door side, and the gaming balls entering the far ball passage 118 are discharged to the lower plate 34 from the second ball inlet 34 b. Thus, the interference between the foul ball and the game ball to be fired next is suppressed.

  In the inner frame base 50, a through hole penetrating the inner frame base 50 in the front-rear direction is formed on the left side (specifically, the side supporting the front door frame 14) of the firing rail 112. A frame side passage unit 121 is disposed. The inner frame side passage unit 121 is screwed to the inner frame base 50.

  Next, the rear face configuration of the inner frame 13 (the inner frame base 50 and the game board unit 60) will be described based on FIG.

  At the rotation base end side of the back surface of the inner frame base 50, bearing fittings 132 are vertically juxtaposed. Bearing parts are formed on the bearing fitting 132 so as to be vertically separated from each other, and the back pack unit 15 is rotatably attached to the inner frame 13 by these bearing parts. Further, on the back surface of the inner frame base 50, a plurality of fixing levers for fixing the back pack unit 15 to the inner frame base 50 in a closed state are provided.

  As described above, the bottom portion of the game board accommodating portion 53 in the inner frame base 50 is formed with the window hole 54 penetrating in the thickness direction of the inner frame base 50 and opened on the back side of the inner frame base 50. The window hole 54 is covered from the front side of the inner frame 13 by the game board unit 60 accommodated in the game board accommodation portion 53. Various configurations such as a control device are mounted on the back of the game board unit 60 (back block 60b), and the various configurations are exposed to the back side of the inner frame 13 through the window holes 54. Here, the configuration of the back of the game board unit 60 will be described.

  The back block 60b attached to the back of the game board 60a has a substantially box-like block base 136 opened to the side of the game board 60a, and the block base 136 is fixed to the back of the game board 60a. Thus, the game board 60a and the back block 60b are integrated.

  More specifically, a part of the block base 136 protrudes to the back side of the inner frame base 50, and the symbol display device 75 described above with respect to the protruding portion and its symbol display device 75 are driven. A display control device 170 is attached. The symbol display device 75 and the display control device 170 are arranged in an overlapping manner so that the symbol display device is on the front side and the display control device 170 is on the rear side in the front-rear direction (thickness direction of the inner frame base 50). Furthermore, a notification / effect control device 143 is mounted on the back of the block base 136 so as to be positioned behind the display control device 170.

  The notification and effect control device 143 has a notification and effect control board for controlling the output of the sound and the lamp display and the display control device 170 in accordance with an instruction from the main control device to be described later. It is accommodated in a substrate box 145 made of a transparent resin material or the like.

  A main controller unit 160 is provided below the notification and effect control device 143 so as to cover the block base 136 from the rear. The main controller unit 160 has a synthetic resin mount 161 fixed to the back of the game board unit 60 (more specifically, the rear block 60b) and a main controller 162 mounted on the mount 161. There is. The main control device 162 is equipped with a main control board having a function (main control circuit) to control the main control of the game and a function (power failure monitoring circuit) to monitor the power, and the main control board is a transparent resin material. And the like are accommodated in a substrate box 163 formed of, for example.

  The substrate box 163 is provided with a substantially rectangular parallelepiped box base (front case body) and a box cover (back case body) that covers the opening of the box base. The box base and the box cover are unopenably connected by a sealing unit as sealing means, whereby the substrate box 163 is sealed. A plurality of sealing portions are provided on the long side of the substrate box 163, and at least one of them is used to perform the sealing process.

  Although the sealing unit may have any configuration as long as it can unopenably connect the box base and the box cover, the box base and the box cover can be formed by inserting the locking claw into the elongated hole constituting the sealing unit. It is designed to be unsealable. The sealing process by the sealing unit prevents unauthorized opening after the sealing, and even if unauthorized opening is performed, such a situation can be detected early and easily, and it was opened once. It is possible to perform the sealing process again later. That is, the sealing process is performed by inserting the locking claw into at least one elongated hole of the plurality of sealing portions. Then, when the substrate box 163 is opened, such as when a defect occurs in the main control substrate accommodated or when the main control substrate is inspected, the connecting portion between the sealing portion in which the locking claw is inserted and the other sealing portion is Disconnect. Thus, the box base and the box cover of the substrate box 163 are separated, and the main control substrate inside can be taken out. Thereafter, when the sealing process is performed again, the locking claw is inserted into the long hole of the other sealing portion. If a history indicating that the substrate box 163 has been opened is left in the substrate box 163, it is possible to easily find that unauthorized opening has been performed by looking at the substrate box 163.

  A plurality of coupling pieces are provided on one short side of the substrate box 163 so as to protrude laterally. These coupling pieces correspond one-to-one with a plurality of coupled pieces formed on the mounting base 161, and sealing processing is performed between the substrate box 163 and the mounting block 161 by the coupling pieces and the coupled pieces. It will be.

  A portion of the front portion of the block base 136 facing the lower back of the game board 60a corresponds to the game board opening of the general winning opening 61, the variable winning device 64, and the operation openings 62, 63 and on the downstream side. A collection passage (not shown) is formed at one place. As a result, all the game balls that have won in the general winning opening 61 and the like are gathered below the game board unit 60 via the recovery passage. That is, the block base 136 is provided with the function of collecting the game balls that have been won in the various winning openings.

  Below the game board unit 60, a discharge passage described later is disposed, and the gaming balls gathered below the game board unit 60 by the recovery passage are drawn out into the discharge passage. The out-port 68 is similarly communicated to the discharge passage, and the gaming balls that have not won any of the winning openings are led out into the discharge passage through the out-port 68.

  In addition, in the block base 136 which constitutes the back surface block 60b, a detection sensor for a general winning opening as a detection sensor for each ball entry unit described above, which detects a game ball winning in the general winning opening 61, and a variable winning device A detection sensor for a variable winning device that detects gaming balls that have won in 64, and a detection sensor for an operation opening that detects gaming balls that have entered the operation openings 62 and 63 are mounted. Is configured. These various detection sensors are electrically connected to the main control device 162, and detection information (detection signals) are output from the respective detection sensors to the main control device 162.

<Back pack unit 15>
Next, the back pack unit 15 will be described based on FIGS. 2 and 3.

  The inner frame 13 is covered by the back pack unit 15 from the rear. The back pack unit 15 includes a back pack 201, and a delivery mechanism unit 202, a discharge passage board 203, and a control device assembly unit 204 are attached to the back pack 201.

  The back pack 201 is molded of a synthetic resin having transparency, and has a base portion 211 to which the dispensing mechanism portion 202 and the like are attached, and a protective cover portion 212 which protrudes rearward of the pachinko machine 10 and has a substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape. The protective cover portion 212 has a shape in which the left and right side surfaces and the upper surface are closed and only the lower surface is open, and at least has a size sufficient to surround the variable display unit 67.

  The external terminal board 213 is provided in the upper right portion of the base portion 211. The external terminal board 213 is provided with various output terminals, and various signals are output to the management control device on the game hall side through these output terminals. The base portion 211 is provided with a pair of upper and lower retaining pins at the right end when viewed from the rear of the pachinko machine 10, and the retaining pins are inserted into the bearing fitting 132 (more specifically, the bearing portion) provided on the inner frame 13. By doing this, the back pack unit 15 is rotatably supported by the inner frame 13. In addition, a fastening tool for fastening to a fastening hole provided in the inner frame 13 is provided at the rotation tip of the base section 211, and the fastening tool is fitted into the fastening hole The back pack unit 15 is fixed to the inner frame 13.

  A dispensing mechanism unit 202 is disposed on the base unit 211 so as to bypass the protective cover unit 212. The payout mechanism section 202 is provided with a tank 221 disposed at the top of the back pack 201 and opened upward, and the gaming balls supplied from the island facilities of the game hall are sequentially replenished to the tank 221 Ru. Below the tank 221, a tank rail that is gently inclined toward the downstream side is connected, and to the downstream side of the tank rail, a vertically extending case rail is connected. A dispensing device 222 is provided at the most downstream part of the case rail. The game balls paid out from the payout device 222 are supplied to the game ball distribution unit 252 (see FIG. 11) provided in the base portion 211 of the back pack 201 through the payout passage provided on the downstream side of the payout device 222. Be done.

  The configuration of the dispensing device 222 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 5 is a longitudinal sectional view showing a passage structure formed inside the dispensing device 222. As shown in FIG. In addition, in FIG. 5, the game ball which sulfides the inside of the payout device 222 is shown by a two-dot chain line.

  As shown in FIG. 5, the housing 222a of the payout device 222 is formed at its upper end with a gaming ball inlet 222b for taking in gaming balls supplied from the tank 76 side, and further, the gaming ball inlet 222b A game ball passage 222c is provided for passing the game ball entered from the entrance 222b.

  The game ball passage 222c communicates with the game ball outlet 222d formed at the lower end of the housing 222a, and the game balls entered from the game ball inlet 222b flow downward one by one toward the game ball outlet 222d. In the middle part of the game ball passage 222c, there is provided a housing portion in which the passage width is expanded to the left and right, and the rotary body 222e is housed in the housing portion. The center of the rotor 222e is fixed to the output shaft 222f of the payout motor. Moreover, the recessed part 222g is formed in two places by a 180 degree space | interval on the periphery of rotary body 222e. When the gaming ball flowing down the gaming ball passage 222c reaches the recess 222g of the rotating body 222e, the gaming ball is drawn downstream as the rotating body 222e rotates.

  The payout motor is constituted by a stepping motor, and the output shaft 222f is rotationally driven in a predetermined direction. The payout motor is driven and controlled by a payout control device 181 described later. In this case, when the payout motor is continuously driven at a normal speed in a situation where gaming balls are continuously supplied from the tank 76 side, one gaming ball is paid out in a cycle of 30 msec.

  In the game ball passage 222c, a discharge ball detection sensor 222h having a substantially flat plate shape is installed at a position downstream of the housing portion. The dispensation ball detection sensor 222h is constituted by a well-known magnetic detection type proximity sensor, and converts the change of the magnetic field due to the game ball passing through the through hole of the detection unit into an electric signal and outputs it. The payout ball detection sensor 222h is not limited to the magnetic detection type proximity sensor, and is optional as long as it can detect a game ball, and for example, a photo sensor or a limit sensor may be used. . The dispensing ball detection sensor 222 h outputs an electrical signal to the dispensing control device 181. Specifically, a LOW level signal is output when the gaming ball is not detected, and a HI level signal is output when the gaming ball is detected. The relationship between the output levels may be reversed. The number of gaming balls paid out via the payout device 222 can be confirmed by the payout ball detection sensor 222h.

  As shown in FIG. 3, at the lower end portion of the base portion 211, the discharge passage board 203 and the control device aggregation unit 204 are attached so as to sandwich the lower end portion in the front and rear direction. In the discharge passage board 203, a discharge passage opened rearward is formed on the surface facing the control device collection unit 204, and the open portion of the discharge passage is closed by the control device collection unit 204. The discharge passage is formed to discharge the game ball to the island facilities of the game hall, and the game ball led out to the discharge passage from the above-mentioned collection passage or the like passes the discharge passage to the outside of the pachinko machine 10 Exhausted.

  The control device assembly unit 204 has a horizontally long mount, and the payout control device 181 and the power / emission control device 191 are mounted on the mount. The payout control device 181 and the power supply / discharge control device 191 are disposed so as to be stacked back and forth so that the payout control device 181 is located behind the pachinko machine 10.

  In the payout control device 181, a payout control substrate for controlling the payout device 222 is accommodated in the substrate box, and a state recovery switch provided on the payout control substrate protrudes out of the substrate box. For example, when the state recovery switch is pressed at the occurrence of a dispensing error such as a ball clogging in the dispensing device 222, the ball clogging is eliminated.

  In the power supply and emission control device 191, a power supply and emission control substrate is accommodated in a substrate box, and a predetermined power supply required by various control devices and the like is generated and output by the substrate. Control of launch of the game ball accompanying the operation of the handle 41 is performed. In addition, the power / emission control device 191 is provided with a RAM erase switch. The pachinko machine 10 has a memory holding function of various data, and can maintain the state at the time of the power failure even if the power failure occurs, and can return to the state at the time of the power failure when recovering from the power failure. It has become. Therefore, for example, when the power is shut off in the normal procedure as in the case of business closing of the game hall, the state before shutting off is stored and held, but when the power is turned on while pressing the RAM erase switch, the RAM data is initialized It has become.

<Front door frame 14>
Next, the configuration of the front door frame 14 will be described with reference to FIGS. 6 and 7. FIG. 6 is an exploded perspective view of the front door frame 14, and FIG. 7 is a front view of the front door frame 14.

  As shown in FIG. 6, the front door frame 14 includes a base frame 231 as a base member supporting the window panel portion 22, an upper front cover 232 provided above the window panel portion 22, and a window panel portion Side front covers 233 and 234 provided on the side of 22; a lower front cover 235 provided on the lower side of the window panel portion 22; an upper tray unit 236 provided on the lower side of the window panel portion 22; And a lower tray unit 237 provided below the upper tray unit 236.

  The covers 232 to 235 and the units 236 and 237 are detachably attached to the base frame 231 in a state of covering the base frame 231 from the front. The covers 232 to 235 and the units 236 and 237 are screwed to the covers 232 to 235 and the units 236 and 237 from the back side of the base frame 231 by means of reversible screwing members such as screws. It is fixed against.

  The base frame 231 is formed in a plate shape as a whole of synthetic resin such as ABS resin, and has an outer shape substantially the same as the inner frame 13. The base frame 231 is provided with a through hole for forming the window portion 21. The window panel portion 22 is attached to the through hole. Shaft fittings are attached to upper and lower ends of one side of the front surface of the base frame 231, and the shaft fittings are rotatably supported on the support fittings 51 and 52 of the inner frame 13.

  A plurality of LED substrates having a large number of LEDs are attached to the base frame 231, and the upper front cover 232 and the side front covers 233, 234 are disposed at positions covering the LED substrates from the front, and the annular lamp The part 26 is formed. In particular, the upper front cover 232 forms the error display lamp unit 27 and the side front covers 233 and 234 form the award ball lamp unit 28.

  The upper front cover 232 and the side front covers 233 and 234 are formed by combining a plurality of synthetic resin members made of ABS resin, polycarbonate, acrylic resin or the like, and are designed to be undulated back and forth by these respective synthetic resin members Is applied. Note that any or all of the upper front cover 232 and the side front covers 233 and 234 may be formed of a single synthetic resin material, and each synthetic resin member is formed of a single synthetic resin material. You may form.

  The upper speaker unit 29 has an upper speaker 29 a attached to the top of the base frame 231. The upper speaker 29 a is provided in a state of being inserted into an opening formed in the base frame 231, and a front surface portion of the upper speaker 29 a is disposed in a state of being hooked on the front surface of the base frame 231. In the upper speaker portion 29, the upper speaker 29a is covered from the front by the upper front cover 232 and is not exposed to the front. On the other hand, in the upper front cover 232, a large number of speaker holes are formed in a portion facing the upper speaker 29a, and the sound output from the upper speaker 29a is emitted forward through the speaker hole. There is.

  The lower front cover 235 is provided with an insertion hole penetrating the lower front cover 235 back and forth, and the cylinder lock 58 of the inner frame 13 is inserted into the insertion hole so that the front side of the pachinko machine 10 is obtained. Exposed to The lower front cover 235 may be integrated with the upper tray unit 236 or the lower tray unit 237.

  The upper tray unit 236 has an upper bulge 31 (upper tray 33), and the lower tray unit 237 has a lower bulge 32 (lower tray 34). In the base frame 231, a reinforcing plate formed of a metal material is provided at the attachment position of the upper tray unit 236 and the lower tray unit 237, and the support strength of the upper tray unit 236 and the lower tray unit 237 by the base frame 231. Is elevated.

  The upper tray unit 236 has an upper tray base portion 236a superimposed on the front surface of the base frame 231, and the upper bulging portion 31 bulges forward from the upper tray base portion 236a. The upper plate base portion 236a is provided with two openings on the back side of the storage area of the upper plate 33, and one of the openings forms a ball inlet 33a, and the other forms a ball outlet 33b. ing. The ball inlet 33a and the ball outlet 33b are disposed side by side, and the ball inlet 33a is disposed at a position near one end of the upper plate 33 in the width direction of the front door frame 14, and the ball outlet 33b is disposed at a position near the other end. Is arranged. Two openings are also formed in the base frame 231 in correspondence with the ball inlet 33a and the ball outlet 33b.

  The upper plate unit 236 is provided with a ball lending operating device 239. The ball lending operating device 239 includes a ball lending button, a return button, and a frequency display unit. The ball lending operation device 239 can perform a ball lending operation, a card returning operation, and a check of the card frequency in a state where bills or cards are inserted into a card unit (ball lending unit) arranged on the side of the pachinko machine 10 . That is, the ball lending button is operated to obtain a lending ball, and the lending ball is paid out as long as the remaining amount of inserted bills, cards and the like exists. The return button is operated to request return of a card or the like inserted in the card unit. The frequency display unit is for displaying balance information of a card or the like.

  In the case of a pachinko machine (so-called cash machine) in which gaming balls are directly lent out to the upper plate 33 from a ball lending device or the like without passing through a card unit, the ball lending operation device 239 becomes unnecessary. A decorative seal or the like is attached to the installation portion of the device 239.

  Further, the ball lending operating device 239 is provided with a ball removing button 241. As shown in FIG. 7, the upper tray unit 236 and the lower tray unit 237 are provided with a ball removal passage 242 for connecting the ball outlet 33 b of the upper plate 33 and the second ball inlet 34 b of the lower plate 34. The inlet portion of the ball removal passage 242 is basically closed by a ball stop incorporated in the upper plate 33, and a ball release button 241 provided to project upward from the upper surface of the ball lending operation device 239 is pressed. As a result, the ball stopper is opened, and the gaming balls stored in the upper tray 33 are discharged to the lower tray 34 through the ball release passage 242. The ball release button 241 may be installed separately from the ball lending operating device 239.

<Lower plate 34>
The lower plate 34 will be described in detail. In the following description, reference is made to FIGS. 8 is a sectional view taken along the line AA of FIG. 7, and FIG. 9 is a sectional view taken along the line BB of FIG.

  The lower tray unit 237 has a lower tray base portion 237a superimposed on the front surface of the base frame 231, and the lower bulging portion 32 bulges forward from the lower tray base portion 237a. The lower plate 34 is formed by indenting the lower bulging portion 32 from the upper side, and the lower wall portion 243 which is a part of the lower plate base portion 237a and the lower end of the lower wall portion 243 forward. It has an extending bottom portion 244, and an enclosing wall portion 245 which, together with the back wall portion 243, surrounds the periphery of the bottom portion 244 to make the lower plate 34 open upward.

  The back wall portion 243 is continuous with the bottom of the upper tray 33, and has height dimensions of a large number of game balls. The first ball inlet 34 a and the second ball inlet 34 b are square (or substantially square) openings provided in the back wall portion 243 and are opened forward of the pachinko machine 10. The first ball inlet 34a is connected to the downstream end of the front door side lower tray passage 273 of the front door side passage unit 45, and the gaming ball having flowed down the front door side lower tray passage 273 is the first ball It is discharged to the lower plate 34 from the inlet 34a. In this case, the first ball inlet 34a is included in the lower tray passage in addition to the back pack side lower tray passage portion 259, the inner frame side lower tray passage portion 263, and the front door side lower tray passage portion 273. .

  The gaming balls paid out from the payout device 222 in a state where the upper tray 33 is full are discharged to the lower tray 34 through the first ball inlet 34a. Further, as described above, the upper tray unit 236 and the lower tray unit 237 are provided with the ball removing passage 242, and the ball outlet of the ball removing passage 242 is the second ball inlet 34b. Incidentally, the ball removal passage 242 is built in the back wall portion 243 in the lower tray unit 237 (see FIG. 9 and the like). When the ball release button 241 is pressed, the ball stopper is opened, and the gaming balls stored in the upper plate 33 are discharged to the lower plate 34 through the ball release passage 242.

  The first ball inlet 34a is formed at the center of the back wall portion 243 in the left-right direction, and has an opening size through which a plurality of game balls can pass in the left-right direction and the up-down direction. Specifically, the horizontal direction corresponds to three game balls, and the vertical direction corresponds to two game balls. On the other hand, the second ball inlet 34 b is formed in the back wall portion 243 laterally (more specifically, rightward) of the first ball inlet 34 a. In addition, both the first ball inlet 34a and the second ball inlet 34b are at a position spaced upward with respect to the bottom portion 244, and the lower edges of the first ball inlet 34a and the second ball inlet 34b are with respect to the bottom portion 244. Are located at least one game ball above. More specifically, the lower edge of the first ball inlet 34 a is located above the bottom 244 by approximately two game balls. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and may be positioned above 1.5 game balls, 2.5 game balls, or 3 game balls or more.

  The first ball inlet 34a has a function of discharging the gaming balls paid out from the payout device 222 to the lower tray 34 as described above, so, for example, in the big hit state etc. It may pass through one ball inlet 34a, and these many game balls will be stored in the lower tray 34. In this case, by forming the first ball inlet 34a at a position spaced upward with respect to the bottom portion 244, even if many gaming balls are stored on the bottom portion 244, the first ball inlet 34a can be moved by the gaming balls. Even if it is the said situation, discharge | emission of the game ball to the lower tray 34 through the 1st ball inlet 34a is performed favorably, even if it is the said situation.

  As shown in FIG. 8, the bottom surface of the first ball inlet 34 a has a stepped portion extending in the width direction of the first ball inlet 34 a, and the stepped portion extends rearward from the bottom portion 244 of the lower tray 34. In the retracted position, it has a receding surface 246a facing forward in the vertically extended state. The bottom surface of the first ball inlet 34a is an upper surface 246b extending rearward from the upper end of the receding surface 246a (bottom surface of the downstream end of the front door lower countersink portion 273), and forward from the lower end of the receding surface 246a And a lower surface 246c extending toward (the bottom 244 of the lower plate 34). The cross-sectional area of the first ball inlet 34a is gradually increased from the front door side lower countersink portion 273 to the lower tray 34 due to the presence of the step portion (the receding surface 246a).

  The receding surface 246a has the same dimension in the left-right direction as the dimension in the left-right direction of the first ball inlet 34a, and specifically, is equivalent to two gaming balls. In addition, it is not limited to this, It is good also as a left-right direction dimension which two or more game balls can enter side by side. In addition, the receding surface 246 a is retracted at least one game ball with respect to the other surface of the back wall portion 243. The present invention is not limited to this, and may be configured to be retracted by two or more game balls. In addition, the retreating surface 246a is stored in a region in front of the gaming balls arranged by crossing the gaming balls arranged along the retreating surface 246a and the gaming balls discharged from the first ball inlet 34a. Thus, the height with respect to the bottom 244 and the inclination angle with respect to the bottom 244 are set. Specifically, the height with respect to the bottom portion 244 is approximately two game balls (approximately a plurality of game ball portions), and further, is substantially perpendicular to the bottom portion 244. In addition, it is not limited to this, the game ball discharged from the 1st ball entrance 34a gets over the game ball arranged along the said retreating surface 246a, and is a field ahead of the game ball arranged those. The height with respect to the bottom 244 and the inclination angle with respect to the bottom 244 may be arbitrary, as long as it is stored. By forming the receding surface 246a as described above, the storage capacity of the gaming balls in the lower tray 34 is secured accordingly.

  On the other hand, in the lower tray unit 237, since a part of the ball removal passage 242 from the upper tray 33 is built in the back side of the back wall portion 243 as described above, the receding surface 246a is formed on the bottom of the first ball inlet 34a. By forming, it is possible to obtain an effect of securing the storage capacity of the gaming balls in the lower tray 34 while securing a space for incorporating a part of the ball removal passage 242 in the back wall portion 243.

  In addition, as described later, this pachinko machine 10 is fired from the game ball firing mechanism 110 but does not reach the game area, and returns balls returning from the guide rail 100 configured by the inner and outer rails 101 and 102. The ball ball passage 118 for collecting and discharging the collected gaming balls to the lower plate 34 is provided, and the far ball passage 118 is joined to the ball removing passage 242 on the back side of the back wall portion 243 and is also for the ball. The gaming balls having passed through the passage 118 are discharged to the lower tray 34 from the second ball inlet 34 b. That is, a part of the passage portion including the far ball passage 118 through which the return ball passes is incorporated in the back wall portion 243. In the configuration, as described above, by forming the receding surface 246a on the bottom of the first ball inlet 34a, it is possible to merge the ball removing passage 242 and the far ball passage 118 with a spatial margin. At the same time, the effect of securing the storage capacity of the game balls in the lower tray 34 can be obtained. Further, in the lower tray unit 237, on the back side of the back wall portion 243, an installation space for wiring of the electrical components provided in the lower tray unit 237 is formed. On the other hand, by forming the receding surface 246a on the bottom surface of the first ball inlet 34a, it is possible to obtain the effect of securing the storage capacity of the gaming balls in the lower tray 34 while securing the installation space.

  Incidentally, as shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. 9, the ball removal hole 35 is disposed in the bottom portion 244 of the lower plate 34 at the front position of the first ball inlet 34 a and provided on the front surface of the surrounding wall portion 245. It is closed in the natural state by a closing plate 37 which is opened by the ball removing lever 36. The upper surface of the bottom portion 244 is formed to be inclined downward toward the ball removal hole 35. That is, the gaming balls stored in the lower plate 34 will naturally move toward the ball removal holes 35. In the configuration, when only a relatively small number of gaming balls are stored in the lower plate 34, the gaming balls are located on the closing plate 37. In this case, by forming the receding surface 246a at the rear portion of the closing plate 37 in the back wall portion 243 as described above, when inserting a hand toward the closing plate 37, a space behind the closing plate 37 As a result, the game ball located on the closing plate 37 can be taken out by hand. That is, the receding surface 246a not only has the effect of securing the storage capacity of the lower tray 34, but also has the effect of making the removal of the game ball by hand from the lower tray 34 favorable as described above.

  In the configuration in which the receding surface 246a is formed as described above, as shown in FIGS. 8 and 9, the first ball inlet 34a has the upper tapered surface 247a extending obliquely upward toward the front as a ceiling surface. In addition, side tapered surfaces 247b extending obliquely to the outside toward the outside of the first ball inlet 34a are provided as a pair of side surfaces. In this case, the cross-sectional area of the first ball inlet 34a includes the upper tapered surface 247a and the side tapered surface 247b from the front door side lower countersink passage 273 to the lower tray, including that the bottom surface is formed stepwise. As it approaches 34, the rate of increase is greater than the rate of increase of the lower door channel portion 273 on the front door side. Specifically, the cross-sectional area of the first ball inlet 34a increases exponentially toward the lower plate 34.

  In the configuration in which the receding surface 246a is formed at the first ball inlet 34a, the gaming ball may stand by at a portion recessed toward the receding surface 246a. On the other hand, by forming each of the tapered surfaces 247a and 247b as described above, it is easy to insert a hand into a part recessed to the receding surface 246a side, and it is easy to take out the game ball waiting in the part concerned Become. In addition, by using a tapered surface instead of a simple receding surface, it is possible to secure a wide built-in space of the back wall portion 243 as compared with a configuration in which a receding surface is simply employed.

  The surrounding wall portion 245 is formed to limit the front edge and the left and right edges of the bottom portion 244. The height dimension of the surrounding wall portion 245 is smaller in its entirety than the back wall portion 243, and the height dimension on the front side is smaller than that on the rear side. The front region 248 including the front end of the surrounding wall portion 245 in the surrounding wall portion 245 is aligned with the first ball inlet 34a in the front view of the pachinko machine 10 as shown in FIG. The height dimension is substantially the same over the predetermined range of.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 8, the front region 248 has a height dimension relative to the bottom portion 244 such that the upper end is located below the lower end of the first ball inlet 34a. With this configuration, it is possible to secure a long distance from the lower surface of the upper plate 33 to the front region 248 of the lower plate 34. Further, regarding the configuration for securing a long distance between the two, as shown in FIG. 7, the lower surface of the upper plate 33 is formed by being dented upward, thereby also the front side of the lower plate 34 from the lower surface of the upper plate 33. A long distance to the region 248 is secured. The gaming balls stored in the lower tray 34 may be taken out from between the upper tray 33 and the lower tray 34 and may be replenished to the upper tray 33. In this case, the lower surface of the lower tray 34 from the lower surface thereof. By securing a long distance to the front region 248, the workability of the replenishment operation is improved. In particular, in the pachinko machine 10, the game area is expanded, and the distance between the upper tray 33 and the lower tray 34 is narrowed accordingly. On the other hand, by securing a long distance from the lower surface of the upper plate 33 to the front region 248 of the lower plate 34 as described above, it is possible to extend the game area while suppressing the decrease in the workability of the replenishment operation. It is possible to The upper end of the area other than the front area 248 in the surrounding wall portion 245 is located above the lower end of the first ball inlet 34a.

  In the configuration in which the height dimension of the front side region 248 is reduced as described above, the storage capacity of the lower tray 34 is reduced accordingly. On the other hand, by forming the receding surface 246a in the back wall portion 243 as described above, the storage capacity of the lower tray 34 is prevented from being extremely reduced.

  Further, since the front side region 248 is located in front of the first ball inlet 34a, when the height dimension of the front side region 248 is reduced, the game balls discharged from the first ball inlet 34a are discharged with the force There is a concern that the lower plate 34 may fall outside the front region 248. On the other hand, by forming the receding surface 246a in the back wall portion 243 as described above, the distance of the front region 248 to the first ball inlet 34a is secured long. And, by ensuring that the distance of the front region 248 to the first ball inlet 34a is long, the gaming balls discharged from the first ball inlet 34a have an opportunity to be reduced in momentum before reaching the front region 248. As many are to be applied, it is possible to prevent the bottom plate 34 from falling outside. Furthermore, in the passage part continuing from the payout device 222 to the first ball inlet 34a, a configuration for reducing the momentum of the gaming ball discharged from the first ball inlet 34a is provided. This will be described later.

<Lower speaker 30a>
Returning to the explanation of FIGS. 6 and 7, the lower speaker 30 a has a lower speaker 30 a attached to the lower part of the base frame 231. In the base frame 231, a lower opening 231a is formed below the ball inlet 33a (see FIG. 12), and in the lower speaker 30a, the front portion thereof is caught on the front of the base frame 231, The rear surface portion is inserted into the lower opening 231a. In the lower speaker unit 30, the lower speaker 30a is covered from the front by the lower tray unit 237 and is not exposed to the front. On the other hand, in the lower tray unit 237, a speaker cover 250 having a large number of speaker holes is provided at a position facing the front surface portion of the lower speaker 30a, and is output from the front side of the lower speaker 30a. Sound is emitted forward through a large number of speaker holes. In this case, the lower speaker unit 30 has the lower speaker 30 a and the speaker cover 250. The speaker hole of the speaker cover 250 corresponds to the sound emitting portion.

  The speaker cover 250 is disposed at the lower bulging portion 32 of the lower tray unit 237 to the left of the lower tray 34. The cover surface of the speaker cover 250 is arranged to be directed obliquely upward to the front, so that the sound emitted from the speaker hole can be easily heard by the player. In the lower tray unit 237, as described above, the game ball emission handle 41 is provided on the right side of the lower bulging portion 32, and the speaker cover 250 is the game ball emission handle 41 with the lower plate 34 interposed therebetween. It is located on the opposite side.

  As shown in FIG. 9, the lower tray unit 237 has an internal space formed between the lower tray base portion 237a and the outer peripheral portion of the lower bulging portion 32, and the lower tray base portion 237a. Openings 249a and 249b are formed at positions facing the front surface portion of the lower speaker 30a on the outer peripheral portion of the lower bulging portion 32, respectively. The speaker cover 250 is attached to the lower bulging portion 32 in a state of closing the bulging opening 249 b formed in the lower bulging portion 32, and the sound output from the front side of the lower speaker 30 a Is transmitted to the internal space of the lower tray unit 237 through the base opening 249a of the lower tray base portion 237a, and is further emitted forward through each speaker hole of the speaker cover 250.

  Incidentally, the speaker cover 250 may be provided integrally with the lower bulging portion 32. For example, in the lower bulging portion 32, a large number of speaker holes are formed in front of the lower speaker 30a, and a portion where the speaker holes are formed is used as a speaker cover 250.

  The lower speaker 30a is a dynamic speaker device and corresponds to a sound generation unit that generates a sound. The lower speaker 30a has a diaphragm 30b such as a cone-shaped cone paper and a voice coil 30c connected to the diaphragm 30b, and the lower speaker 30a may also be referred to as a cone speaker unit. it can. The lower speaker 30a has a permanent magnet for operating the voice coil 30c, in addition to the diaphragm 30b and the voice coil 30c. The permanent magnet has a hollow portion by being formed in a donut shape, and the voice coil 30c is provided in a state of being inserted into the hollow portion. In the lower speaker 30a, when the voice coil 30c is energized, the diaphragm 30b vibrates with the voice coil 30c, and the vibration of the diaphragm 30b generates a sound. In this case, the sound output rearward from the diaphragm 30b has an opposite phase to the sound output forward. In addition, in the lower side speaker 30a, the drive part is comprised by the voice coil and the permanent magnet.

  In the lower speaker unit 30, an enclosure 331 (see FIG. 21) is provided for the lower speaker 30a, and the front of the lower speaker 30a is enhanced with the bass range of the sound output from the back side of the lower speaker 30a enhanced. To be released into the In this case, the lower speaker unit 30 is a back load horn type speaker system having the lower speaker unit 30 and the enclosure 331. In the enclosure 331, the middle to high range is easily attenuated and the low range is amplified. It is easier. Also, in the lower speaker unit 30, the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 is included in the enclosure 331, and the sound output from the back side of the lower speaker 30a is transmitted through the front door side lower tray passage portion 273. It is discharged from the first ball inlet 34 a of the lower tray 34.

  A detailed description of the lower speaker unit 30 will be described later.

<Aisle configuration of gaming balls to upper plate 33 and lower plate 34>
Next, the passage configuration of the gaming ball to the upper tray 33 and the lower tray 34 will be described. FIG. 10 is an explanatory view for explaining the passage configuration of the gaming ball. In addition, in FIG. 10, the channel | path structure by the side of the inner frame 13 and the back pack unit 15 is shown in a cross section for convenience.

  As described above, the payout device 222 is provided in the payout mechanism portion 202 which constitutes the rear surface portion of the pachinko machine 10. A payout passage 251 extending vertically is formed below the payout device 222, and the gaming balls paid out from the payout device 222 flow down the payout passage 251, and the gaming ball formed at the lower end of the payout mechanism 202 It is introduced into the distribution unit 252.

  The game ball distribution unit 252 has a function of distributing the game balls paid out from the payout device 222 to the upper tray 33 side or the lower tray 34 side provided on the front door frame 14. The configuration of the game ball distribution unit 252 will be described with reference to a longitudinal cross-sectional view around the game ball distribution unit 252 shown in FIG. The game ball distribution unit 252 is open upward and forward, and its inside is partitioned by the two partition walls 253a and 253b, so that three openings 255a, 255b and 255c are juxtaposed in the left-right direction.

  Of these openings 255a, 255b, 255c, the opening 255a inside the pachinko machine 10 leads to the upper tray passage leading to the upper tray 33, and the central opening 255b leads to the lower tray passage leading to the lower tray 34. There is. The opening 255c on the outside of the pachinko machine 10 is in communication with the discharge passage, and in the discharge operation of the game balls stored in the tank 221, the stored gaming balls are guided to the discharge passage through the outer opening 255c. He is discharged to the outside of the pachinko machine 10.

  Returning to the explanation of FIG. 10, the upper tray passage comprises a back pack side upper tray passage portion 258 provided in the back pack unit 15, an inner frame upper tray portion passage portion 262 provided in the inner frame 13, and a front door frame It is comprised from 14 and the front door side upper plate channel | path part 272 provided. Similarly, the lower tray passage is provided in the back pack lower tray passage portion 259 provided in the back pack unit 15, the inner frame lower tray passage portion 263 provided in the inner frame 13, and the front door frame 14. It is comprised from the front door side lower plate passage part 273 and.

  The respective passage portions 258, 259, 262, 263, 272, 273 will be described in detail.

<Back pack side passage unit 257>
The back pack side upper tray passage portion 258 and the back pack side lower tray passage portion 259 are provided at the rotation base end side of the back pack unit 15 so as to penetrate the base portion 211 in the front-rear direction. 257 is formed. The back pack side upper tray passage portion 258 and the back pack side lower tray passage portion 259 are sectioned by the passage wall and arranged in parallel in the left-right direction. Further, the back pack side upper tray passage portion 258 and the back pack side lower tray passage portion 259 extend in the front-rear direction, and are inclined downward toward the downstream side. In the above configuration, the gaming balls introduced to the back pack side upper tray passage portion 258 and the back pack side lower tray passage portion 259 roll on the bottom portions 258a and 259a, and after the inner frame side upper tray passage portion 262 and the inner frame side It is discharged to each of the lower tray passage portions 263.

  Incidentally, the width dimension (dimension in the lateral direction) of the back pack side lower tray passage 259 is larger than that of the back pack side upper tray passage 258. This is due to the following reasons. That is, the gaming balls paid out from the payout device 222 are guided to the opening 255 a inside the gaming ball distribution unit 252 continuing to the back pack side upper dish passage unit 258. On the other hand, to the back pack side lower tray passage portion 259, the game ball is filled in the inner opening 255a in the game ball distribution unit 252, and the game ball overflowing from the opening 255a is guided. Therefore, the game balls passing through the back pack side lower dish passage portion 259 have irregular trajectories as compared with the game balls passing through the back pack side upper dish passage portion 258, and the inside of the back pack side lower dish passage portion 259 There is a concern about the occurrence of ball clogging. On the other hand, in the limited space of the back pack side passage unit 257, the above-mentioned ball clogging occurs by making the width dimension of the back pack side lower plate passage portion 259 larger than the back pack side upper plate passage portion 258. Probability is reduced. In order to reduce the probability of ball clogging in the lower tray passage, not only the back pack side lower tray passage portion 259 but also the inner frame lower tray passage portion 263 and the front door lower tray passage portion 273 The width dimension is larger than the upper countersinks 262, 272. That is, the opening area is large.

<Inner frame side passage unit 121>
An inner frame side passage unit provided on the inner frame side upper plate passage portion 262 and the inner frame side lower plate passage portion 263 so as to penetrate the inner frame base 50 in the front and rear direction on the rotation base end side of the inner frame 13 121 is formed. The game board 60a is provided with a cutout portion 267 so as to avoid the inner frame side passage unit 121 at the corner (see FIG. 4).

  The inner frame side upper plate passage portion 262 and the inner frame side lower plate passage portion 263 are partitioned by the dividing passage wall 264 and are juxtaposed in the left and right direction so that the ball outlets 262a and 263a face downward. It is formed. In detail, the upstream side of the inner frame side upper plate passage portion 262 and the inner frame side lower plate passage portion 263 is inclined downward toward the downstream side, and it is extended slightly downward at the downstream side and the ball outlet 262a and 263a are formed. In the above configuration, the gaming balls introduced to the inner frame side upper plate passage portion 262 and the inner frame side lower plate passage portion 263 are on the bottom portions 262b and 263b via the rolling ball outlets 262a and 263a, and the front door side upper plate passage It is discharged to each of the portion 272 and the lower door channel portion 273 on the front door side. Incidentally, the width dimension (the dimension in the left-right direction) of the inner frame side upper plate passage portion 262 is smaller than that of the inner frame side lower plate passage portion 263.

<Front door side passage unit 45>
As described above, the front door side passage unit 45 has the front door side upper plate passage portion 272 and the front door side lower plate passage portion 273. Here, the front door side passage unit 45 is shown in FIG. This will be described using 16. 12 is a perspective view showing the front door side passage unit 45 separated from the front door frame 14, FIG. 13 is a perspective view of the front door side passage unit 45, and FIG. 14 is an exploded perspective view of the front door side passage unit 45, FIG. 15 is a front view of the front door side passage unit 45, FIG. 16 is a view showing an internal structure of the front door side passage unit 45, and FIG. 17 is a plan view of the front door side passage unit 45. In FIG. 16, the front door side upper tray passage portion 272 and the far ball passage 118 are not shown.

  As shown in FIG. 14, the front door side passage unit 45 includes a pair of base plates 274a and 274b arranged in parallel, and a plurality of connecting plates 274c connecting the base plates 274a and 274b. There is. The base plates 274a and 274b and the connecting plate 274c are formed of a transparent synthetic resin material such as polycarbonate resin. The pair of base plates 274a and 274b are spaced apart in the front-rear direction of the pachinko machine 10, and each connecting plate 274c is stretched over the pair of base plates 274a and 274b in a state of extending in the front-rear direction. .

  Each connecting plate 274c is integrally formed with the front base plate 274a disposed on the front side (the base frame 231 side) of the pair of base plates 274a and 274b, and is disposed on the rear side. A screw 274 is fixed to the connection plate 274c and the front base plate 274a.

  In the front door side passage unit 45, there is formed a receiving portion 275 which constitutes the upstream end of the front door side upper plate passage portion 272 and the front door side lower plate passage portion 273, and from the receiving portion 275 Also on the downstream side, a front door side passage forming portion 276 (see FIG. 12 and the like) that constitutes the front door side lower countersink passage portion 273 is formed. The front door side upper plate passage portion 272 and the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 form a space defined by the connecting plate 274c between the pair of base plates 274a and 274b.

  The front door side passage unit 45 has a plate-like portion 271 in addition to the receiving portion 275 and the front door side passage forming portion 276. In the front door side passage unit 45, the outlet 272a of the front door upper plate passage 272 overlaps the ball inlet 33a of the upper plate 33 in the front and back direction, and the outlet 273a of the front door lower plate passage 273 is the third of the lower plate 34. It is screw-fixed from the back of the pachinko machine 10 to the back of the front door frame 14 so as to overlap with the first ball inlet 34a in the front and rear direction. In this case, the plate-like portion 271 of the front door side passage unit 45 is in contact with the rear surface of the front door frame 14 in a state of being stacked on the rear surface.

  Incidentally, reinforcing metal plates 301 and 302 are attached to the front door side passage unit 45. Of the reinforcing metal plates 301 and 302, the first reinforcing metal plate 301 is attached to the socket 275. In addition, the second reinforcing metal plate 302 is attached to the front door side passage forming portion 276. The receiving part 275 communicates with the ball inlet 33 a of the upper tray 33, and the front door side passage forming part 276 communicates with the first ball inlet 34 a of the lower tray 34. Therefore, the fraudulent jig is inserted from the front of the pachinko machine 10 through the ball inlet 33a or the first ball inlet 34a, and the wall of the receiving portion 275 or the wall of the front door side passage forming portion 276 is broken and inserted. It is assumed that the fraudulent jig penetrates the game area or the back of the game board 60a. On the other hand, by attaching the reinforcing metal plates 301 and 302 as described above, even if the wall of the receiving portion 275 or the wall of the front door side passage forming portion 276 is broken, It is possible to prevent further intrusion.

  The receiving part 275 of the front door side passage unit 45 and the front door side passage forming part 276 will be described. The position where the receiving portion 275 is formed is an upper corner portion of the front door side passage unit 45, and in the relationship with the front door frame 14, it is on the rotation base end side of the front door frame 14. Moreover, the receiving part 275 protrudes to the back of the pachinko machine 10 rather than the front door side channel | path formation part 276, Furthermore, it exists in the back of the pachinko machine 10 rather than the rotational axis of the front door frame 14. Then, in the state where the front door frame 14 is closed, the receiving portion 275 enters the rear side of the front end of the inner frame 13.

  However, the receiving part 275 is on the front side of the rear end part of the inner frame 13 and the projecting side of the receiving part 275 at a position facing the receiving part 275 on the inner frame 13 (inner frame base 50). A housing recess 292b is formed as a cover portion for covering the two (see FIG. 18). Therefore, in the state where front door frame 14 is closed, socket 275 does not penetrate inner frame 13 in the front-rear direction.

  The receptacle 275 is open upward as shown in FIG. 13 and the like, and a partition wall 277 erected upward from the bottom is integrally formed substantially at the center in the left-right direction. By being partitioned by the partition wall 277, two openings 278 and 279 are arranged in parallel in the left-right direction in the receiving part 275. In such a configuration, the side wall inside the pachinko machine 10 in the receiving part 275 is taller than the pachinko machine 10 rear side or the like, and the ridge portion 275a is formed on the side wall. By forming the flange portion 275a, the inner opening 278 on the inner side of the pachinko machine 10 of the two openings 278 and 279 has a width dimension (dimension in the lateral direction) than the outer opening 279 on the outer side of the pachinko machine 10. Is getting smaller.

  The pachinko machine 10 inner opening 278 is vertically opposed to the ball outlet 262a of the inner frame side upper plate passage portion 262, and becomes a ball inlet of the front door side upper plate passage portion 272 as shown in FIG. ing. In addition, the pachinko machine 10 outer opening 279 vertically opposes the ball outlet 263a of the inner frame side lower countersink 263 and the front door lower counters channel 273 formed in the front door channel forming section 276. It is the ball entrance of In this case, as described above, since the receiving part 275 enters the rear side of the front end of the inner frame 13, the boundary between the front door side upper disc passage part 272 and the inner frame side upper disc passage part 262 A part of the boundary portion between the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 and the inner frame side lower tray passage portion 263 is located behind the front end portion of the inner frame 13 (see FIG. 10 etc.) ).

  The inner opening 278 and the ball inlet 33a of the upper plate 33 are aligned in the front-rear direction, and the front door side upper disk passage 272 extends in the front-rear direction so as to connect the inner opening 278 with the ball inlet 33a. Note that the width dimension (dimension in the left-right direction) of the front door side upper plate passage portion 272 is increased toward the ball inlet 33 a of the upper plate 33.

  The outer opening 279 and the first ball inlet 34 a of the lower plate 34 are displaced in the lateral and vertical directions. That is, the outer opening 279 is on the rotating base end side of the front door frame 14, and the first ball inlet 34a of the lower tray 34 is near the center of the front door frame 14 in the left-right direction (see FIG. 12 etc.). In addition, the first ball inlet 34 a of the lower plate 34 is located below the outer opening 279. A front door lower tray passage portion 273 is formed to connect the outer opening 279 and the first ball inlet 34 a of the lower tray 34. The front door side lower tray passage portion 273 extends along the back of the front door frame 14 and has a crank shape. In detail, as shown in FIGS. 15 and 16, the front door side lower countersink passage portion 273 has an upper stage horizontal passage portion 284, a vertical passage portion 285 and a lower stage horizontal passage portion 286. By making the front door side lower plate passage 273 crank-shaped in this manner, the passage length is longer than in the linear configuration.

  The front door side lower tray passage portion 273 is a space having a rectangular cross section due to being partitioned by the connecting plate 274c between the pair of base plates 274a and 274b. In the front door side lower tray passage portion 273, the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284 and the lower stage horizontal passage portion 286 extend obliquely downward at the same angle toward the downstream side, and the gaming balls are of the respective horizontal passage portions 284, 286. It is designed to flow down toward the downstream end. The upstream end of the upper horizontal passage portion 284 is disposed below the receiving portion 275, and the downstream end thereof is disposed above the upstream end of the lower horizontal passage portion 286. The downstream end of the lower horizontal passage portion 286 is disposed behind the first ball inlet 34 a of the lower tray 34. The vertical passage portion 285 connects the downstream end portion of the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284 and the upstream end portion of the lower stage horizontal passage portion 286 in a state of extending in the vertical direction.

  The front door side lower tray passage portion 273 is bent along the back surface of the base frame 231, and has a plurality of middle bent portions 304 as the bent portion. The middle bent portion 304 is formed at each of the connection portion between the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284 and the vertical passage portion 285 and the connection portion between the vertical passage portion 285 and the lower stage horizontal passage portion 286, and flows down from the upstream side. It is possible to reduce the flow-down speed of the coming game ball.

  In the front door side lower tray passage 273, as a whole, the cross-sectional area gradually increases from the upstream end of the upper stage horizontal passage 284 to the downstream end (outlet 273a) of the lower stage horizontal passage 286. There is. That is, the front door side lower tray passage 273 is thicker toward the downstream side. In this case, due to the pair of base plates 274a and 274b extending in parallel, the depth dimension of the lower door channel portion 273 on the front door side is set to the same size in the entire area, Thus, the thickness dimension of the lower door channel portion 273 on the front door side gradually increases as it approaches the outlet 273a. Here, in the upper stage horizontal passage section 284 and the lower stage horizontal passage section 286, the height dimension is a thickness dimension, and in the vertical passage section 285, the width dimension is a thickness dimension.

  In addition, the front door side lower plate passage part 273 has a cross-sectional area in which gaming balls can be arranged in a plurality of lines along the flow-down direction. For example, the depth dimension of the front door side lower tray passage 273 (the distance between the pair of base plates 274a and 274b) is such that two game balls can be lined up. Further, with regard to the thickness dimension of the lower door passage portion 273 on the front door side, the upper row horizontal passage portion 284 and the vertical passage portion 285 are sized such that two game balls can be lined up. There is a size that can be lined with three or more game balls.

  In the front door side lower tray passage portion 273, the linear portions of the passage portions 284-286 are tapered gradually thickened toward the downstream side. In this case, the cross-sectional area of the upstream end of the vertical passage 285 is the same as or equal to the cross-sectional area of the downstream end of the upper horizontal passage 284 in each straight portion of the upper horizontal passage 284 and the vertical passage 285. It is made bigger. Further, in each straight line portion of the vertical passage 285 and the lower horizontal passage 286, the cross-sectional area of the upstream end of the lower horizontal passage 286 is the same as or different from the cross-sectional area of the downstream end of the vertical passage 285 It is enlarged.

  In addition, the cross-sectional area of each middle bending part 304 is substantially the same as the cross-sectional area of the channel part 284-286 adjacent to the upper and lower sides. For example, in the connection portion between the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the vertical passage portion 285, the cross-sectional area of the intermediate bending portion 304 is the cross-sectional area of the downstream end of the straight portion of the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the straight line of the vertical passage portion 285 It is almost the same as the cross-sectional area of the upstream end of the part. Further, in the connection portion between the vertical passage portion 285 and the lower horizontal passage portion 286, the cross-sectional area of the intermediate bending portion 304 is the cross-sectional area of the downstream end of the straight portion of the vertical passage portion 285 and the straight line of the lower horizontal passage portion 286 It is almost the same as the cross-sectional area of the upstream end of the part.

  In the front door side lower tray passage portion 273, the downstream end of the lower stage horizontal passage portion 286 is disposed behind the first ball inlet 34a of the lower tray 34, so A downstream bent portion 305 is formed at the most downstream portion so that the flow-down direction is a direction toward the front of the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 9). The downstream bent portion 305 is formed for the lower stage horizontal passage portion 286. That is, the downstream bending portion 305 is provided with the passage wall 306 having a plane orthogonal to the flow-down direction of the gaming ball on the upstream side than the downstream bending portion 305. Therefore, the gaming balls having flowed down on the front door side lower tray passage 273 are discharged to the lower tray 34 through the first ball inlet 34a after hitting the passage wall 306 of the downstream bending portion 305 at the most downstream portion thereof. That is, the passage wall 306 has a function as a speed reduction unit. Thereby, the momentum of the gaming balls discharged from the front door side lower tray passage 273 to the lower tray 34 is reduced immediately before being discharged to the lower tray 34. The bent portions 304 and 305 correspond to the ball corner portion.

  In the configuration in which the passage direction on the upstream side of the downstream curved portion 305 is not the lateral direction but the vertical direction, the bottom of the downstream curved portion 305 has a function as the speed reducing portion. In other words, the deceleration unit has a plane orthogonal (substantially orthogonal) or crossed to the flow-down direction of the game ball on the upstream side than that, and causes the game ball flowing from the upstream side to collide with that surface to decelerate The configuration is only required to have the function of leading to the lower plate 34 after that.

  Here, as described above, in the lower plate 34, the front region 248 of the surrounding wall portion 245 is set to have a small height. In this case, there is a concern that the gaming balls discharged from the first ball inlet 34 a may fall outside the lower tray 34 beyond the front region 248. On the other hand, the downstream bent portion 305 is formed in the front door side lower plate passage 273 as described above, and the gaming ball discharged from the front door side lower plate passage 273 to the lower plate 34 is the lower plate 34 Since the momentum is reduced immediately before being discharged to the side, it is suppressed that the gaming ball discharged from the first ball inlet 34a falls outside the lower tray 34 due to the discharged momentum.

  By the way, the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 is integrated with the back surface of the front door frame 14 as the front door side passage unit 45, whereby the position and the lower portion of the downstream bending portion 305 of the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 It is possible to bring the position of the plate 34 with the first ball inlet 34a closer. Therefore, it is possible to discharge the gaming ball to the lower plate 34 immediately after reducing the momentum of the flow at the downstream bending portion 305, and the effect of reducing the momentum at the downstream bending portion 305 is suitably exhibited. Assuming that the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 is installed not on the front door frame 14 side but on the inner frame 13 side, when opening the front door frame 14 to the inner frame 13, the ball of the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 A need arises to provide a shutter mechanism for closing the outlet. In this case, it is necessary to separate the downstream curved portion 305 and the first ball inlet 34 a by an amount corresponding to the provision of the shutter mechanism. On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10, the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 is formed in the front door frame 14, and the shutter mechanism becomes unnecessary, and the downstream bending portion 305 and the first ball inlet 34a as described above. It is possible to bring the position of

  Next, the flow of gaming balls to the upper tray 33 and the lower tray 34 will be described.

  As shown in FIG. 11, from the payout device 222, gaming balls are paid out toward the inner opening 255a of the gaming ball distribution unit 252. Therefore, the gaming balls paid out from the payout device 222 are discharged to the upper tray 33 through the upper tray passage constituted by the respective upper tray passage portions 258, 262, 272.

  However, when a large number of game balls are paid out from the payout device 222 and the upper tray 33 becomes full, and then the game balls are continuously paid out, the game balls continue in the upper plate passage, as shown in FIG. In the game ball distribution unit 252, the entire inside opening 255a is filled with the game ball. In this state, the gaming balls paid out from the payout device 222 cross the inner partition wall 253a of the gaming ball distribution unit 252 and enter the central opening 255b. Then, the gaming balls are discharged to the lower tray 34 through the lower tray passages constituted by the lower tray passage portions 259, 263, 273.

<Fullness detection sensor 280>
Next, the fullness detection sensor 280 will be described.

  As shown in FIG. 15 and FIG. 16, the front door side passage forming portion 276 is provided with a fullness detection sensor 280 so as to detect a game ball passing through the front door side lower tray passage portion 273. The fullness detection sensor 280 is configured of a proximity sensor of a magnetic detection type, and changes in the magnetic field when the gaming ball passes through the detection range are detected and output as an electric signal. In addition, the fullness detection sensor 280 is not limited to the proximity sensor of the magnetic detection type, and a photo sensor, a limit sensor, or the like may be used.

  The fullness detection sensor 280 outputs an electrical signal to the payout control device 181. In the payout control device 181, the payout of the gaming ball by the payout device 222 is stopped based on the detection result of the fullness detection sensor 280. As a result, when the lower tray 34 becomes full and the gaming balls continue to the position of the full detection sensor 280 in the front door side lower tray passage 273, the payout of more gaming balls is stopped. The stoppage of the payout is canceled when the lower state of the lower plate 34 is released and the game ball is not detected by the full detection sensor 280.

  Here, the fullness detection sensor 280 is provided for the upper horizontal passage portion 284 in the lower door passage portion 273 on the front door side. Specifically, the fullness detection sensor 280 is attached below the bottom wall of the lower horizontal passage portion 286. Thus, by providing the fullness detection sensor 280 for the lower horizontal passage portion 286, even if the lower plate 34 is filled with gaming balls, the full detection is performed unless the gaming balls stand by at the position of the lower horizontal passage portion 286. The bottom plate full detection by the sensor 280 will not be performed.

  In the configuration in which the position of the fullness detection sensor 280 is set as described above, the fullness in the lower tray passage (back pack side lower tray passage portion 259, inner frame side lower tray passage portion 263, front door side lower tray passage portion 273) The passage length on the upstream side of the detection sensor 280 is set so that the game ball row of game balls connected in the lower plate passage does not reach the position of the payout device 222 when the lower plate 34 is full. . That is, when the payout device 222 which is paying out the gaming balls at the predetermined payout speed is stopped, the gaming balls which have been paid out from the payout device 222 and flowed toward the lower plate 34 exist. obtain. In this case, even if it is assumed that the maximum number of gaming balls assumed as gaming balls that are already flowing down are lined up upstream of the fullness detection sensor 280 in the lower tray passage, the gaming ball row is of the payout device 222 It does not line up to the position.

<Shutter mechanism 291>
Next, the shutter mechanism 291 will be described. FIG. 18 is an exploded perspective view of the shutter mechanism 291, and FIG. 19 is an explanatory view for explaining the movement of the shutter mechanism 291.

  In the present embodiment, as described above, the front door side passage unit 45 is provided to the front door frame 14. Further, as described above, the front door frame 14 is provided with the window panel portion 22. For example, when the front door frame 14 is opened in order to eliminate ball clogging or the like in the game area, The front door side passage unit 45 moves forward, and the passage portions 272 and 273 on the front door frame 14 side and the passage portions 262 and 263 on the inner frame 13 side are separated. Then, in the opening operation of the front door frame 14, the upper tray 33 and the lower tray 34 are full, and the game ball is on standby in the inner frame upper tray passage portion 262 and the inner frame lower tray passage portion 263. If it is performed in the state, the waiting game balls can not be received by the front door side upper plate passage portion 272 or the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 and may be scattered. On the other hand, a shutter mechanism 291 is provided to prevent scattering of the gaming balls.

  The shutter mechanism 291 is provided on the front side of the inner frame 13. In detail, an attachment portion 292 is formed below the inner frame side passage unit 121 in the inner frame base 50, and a shutter mechanism 291 is attached to the attachment portion 292. The shutter mechanism 291 includes a shutter member 293, a coil spring 294, and a stopper 295.

  The shutter member 293 is formed in a substantially plate shape of synthetic resin. A shaft hole 293a is formed at the lower end of the shutter member 293 so as to penetrate in the left-right direction, and a spindle portion 292a having a shaft hole coaxial with the shaft hole 293a is formed in the mounting portion 292. The pivot pin 296 is inserted and fixed to the shaft hole 293a and the pivot portion 292a of the shutter member 293, whereby the shutter member 293 is rotatably supported in the front-rear direction with the lower end as an axis with respect to the mounting portion 292 There is.

  An extending portion 297 is formed on the upper end of the shutter member 293 so as to extend laterally from one end (the end on the left side in the present embodiment). The stopper 295 is provided as follows. The stopper 295 is molded of a synthetic resin material and is screwed to the mounting portion 292. Further, the stopper 295 is formed with a shutter stopper 295a and a spring stopper 295b which is lower than the shutter stopper 295a and protrudes forward.

  A coil spring 294 is provided between the stopper 295 and the extension 297. One end of the coil spring 294 is fixed to the spring stopper 295 b, and the other end is fixed to the lower end of the extending portion 297 and is provided in an extended state. Therefore, a forward biasing force always acts on the shutter member 293, and in the natural state of the shutter member 293, the extension portion 297 is in a position where it contacts the shutter stopper 295a. At the contact position, the upper end 298 of the shutter member 293 is below the inner frame side passage unit 121.

  The upper end portion 298 of the shutter member 293 has an upper surface convex outward with a predetermined curvature and an arc shape in the front-rear direction. The virtual center of this arc is an axial hole 293a. The shutter member 293 has substantially the same dimensions in the front-rear direction as the front and rear dimensions of the ball outlets 262a and 263a of the inner frame side upper countersink passage portion 262 and the inner frame side lower countersink passage portion 263. The dimension is substantially the same as the lateral dimension of the inner frame side passage unit 121. The upper end portion 298 faces substantially the whole of the ball outlets 262 a and 263 a of the inner frame side upper plate passage portion 262 and the inner frame side lower plate passage portion 263. That is, the ball outlets 262 a and 263 a of the inner frame side upper plate passage portion 262 and the inner frame side lower plate passage portion 263 are closed by the shutter member 293. This position is the closing position (blocking position) of the shutter member 293.

  A front step portion 298 b is integrally formed on the upper end portion 298 so as to project forward. When moving to the closed position, the front step portion 298 b is a boundary between the inner frame side upper plate passage portion 262 and the front door side upper plate passage portion 272 or the inner frame side lower plate passage portion 263 and the front door side. It has a function of pushing the gaming ball at the boundary with the lower tray passage 273 into the receiving portion 275 side.

  In the upper end portion 298, a groove portion 298a extending in the front-rear direction is formed at an intermediate position in the left-right direction. The position of the groove portion 298 a corresponds to the position of the partition wall 277 in the receiving portion 275. That is, the area on the inner side of the pachinko machine 10 than the groove 298a at the upper end portion 298 is a blocking area for the upper disc passage, and the area outside the pachinko machine 10 than the groove 298a is a blocking area for the lower disc passage. There is. When the shutter member 293 is in the closed position, the lower end portion 264a of the dividing passage wall 264 that divides the passage portions 262 and 263 of the inner frame side passage unit 121 is inserted into the groove portion 298a.

  In the rear of the shutter member 293 in the mounting portion 292, a housing recess 292b recessed rearward is formed. In addition, the shutter member 293 is in a position where the front end face abuts the receiving portion 275 of the front door side passage unit 45 when the front door frame 14 is closed, and the front door frame 14 is closed as described above. The receptacle 275 is disposed below the inner frame side passage unit 121. Therefore, in a state where the front door frame 14 is closed, the rear end of the receiving portion 275 abuts on the front end surface of the shutter member 293 and a force against the biasing force acts on the shutter member 293. The shutter member 293 is pivoted rearward and accommodated in the accommodation recess 292b. This position is the open position (unblocked position) of the shutter member 293.

  The movement of the shutter member 293 with respect to the opening operation of the front door frame 14 will be described. As shown in FIG. 19A, the shutter member 293 is in the open position when the front door frame 14 is closed. The upper plate passage portion 262 and the front door side upper plate passage portion 272 communicate with each other, and the inner frame side lower plate passage portion 263 and the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 communicate with each other.

  Further, by opening the front door frame 14, as shown in FIG. 19 (b), the shutter member 293 moves to the closed position. As a result, the ball outlets 262a and 263a of the inner frame upper plate passage portion 262 and the inner frame lower plate passage portion 263 are closed, and the inner frame upper plate passage portion 262 and the inner frame lower plate passage portion 263 are played Even when the front door frame 14 is opened in a state where the ball is on standby, the waiting game balls are not scattered. Thereafter, when the front door frame 14 is closed, it returns to the state shown in FIG.

  In this case, as described above, the inner frame side upper plate passage portion 262 and the inner frame side lower plate passage portion 263 are respectively inclined downward toward the ball outlets 262a and 263a. Therefore, a part of the weight load of the game balls waiting in the passage portions 262 and 263 on the inner frame 13 side is received by the bottom portions 262 b and 263 b of the passage portions 262 and 263 on the inner frame 13 side. That is, the weight load on the shutter member 293 of the gaming balls waiting for them is reduced. Therefore, the opening and closing operation of the shutter member 293 is facilitated.

<Ball clogging control structure>
Next, the clogging prevention structure in the upper tray passage when the front door frame 14 is opened will be described. FIG. 20 and FIG. 21 are explanatory diagrams for explaining the ball clogging prevention structure.

  As described above, when the front door frame 14 is opened, the passage portions 262 and 263 on the inner frame 13 side and the passage portions 272 and 273 on the front door frame 14 side are separated. In this case, when a game ball is present at the boundary between the passage portions 262 and 263 on the inner frame 13 side and the passage portions 272 and 273 on the front door frame 14 side, the game ball is in contact with the inner frame side passage unit 121. A game ball may exist in the boundary with the front door side passage unit 45, and the game ball abuts on each of the inner frame side passage unit 121 and the front door side passage unit 45 to cause a ball jam. There is a possibility that the opening operation of the front door frame 14 can not be performed smoothly. On the other hand, a clogging prevention structure is provided. As this ball clogging suppression structure, a first ball clogging suppression structure and a second ball clogging suppression structure are provided.

<First ball clogging suppression structure>
First, the first ball clogging prevention structure will be described with reference to FIG. When the front door frame 14 is closed, the openings 278 and 279 of the receiving portion 275 and the ball outlets 262a and 263a of the inner frame side passage unit 121 face each other (in FIG. 20, the upper plate Show only the aisle side). Here, in the vicinity of the ball outlets 262a and 263a of the inner frame side passage unit 121, as shown in FIG. 20, the lower end of the near side passage wall 265 is lower than the lower end of the dividing passage wall 264 or the lower end of the side passage wall. Is also formed to be above. As a result, a gap of a predetermined distance X1 exists between the open upper surface portion of the portion of the receiving portion 275 opened upward and the front passage wall 265 of the inner frame side passage unit 121. Therefore, when the opening of the front door frame 14 is started, the game ball is in the boundary portion (the position of B1 in FIG. 20) between the passage portions 272, 273 on the front door frame 14 side and the passage portions 262, 263 on the inner frame 13 side. Even if it is, the gaming ball is hard to hit the front passage wall 265 of the inner frame side passage unit 121. Therefore, the occurrence of ball clogging is suppressed, and the opening operation of the front door frame 14 can be smoothly performed.

  When the shutter member 293 is in the open position, the front step portion 298 b of the shutter member 293 is located above the receiving port 275 and in the receiving port 275 side. Then, when the shutter member 293 moves to the closed position, the front stepped portion 298b of the shutter member 293 is disposed within the range of the above-mentioned interval X1. Thereby, as described above, when the shutter member 293 moves to the closing position, the boundary portion between the inner frame side upper plate passage portion 262 and the front door side upper plate passage portion 272 or the inner frame side lower plate passage portion 263 The gaming ball at the boundary between the lower door passage 273 and the front door side lower tray passage 273 is pushed into the socket 275.

  When the shutter member 293 is in the closed position in the configuration where the lower end of the near side passage wall 265 is above the lower end of the dividing passage wall 264 or the lower end of the side passage wall as described above, The game balls waiting in the passage portions 262 and 263 on the main body side are designed not to fall off. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 19B, the distance L1 from the shaft hole 293a of the shutter member 293 to the lower end of the front passage wall 265 and the distance from the shaft hole 293a to the upper surface of the upper end portion 298 of the shutter member 293. The difference from the distance L2 is smaller than the diameter of the gaming ball (L1-L2 <R). Therefore, the gap between the two becomes smaller than the diameter of the gaming ball, and the waiting gaming ball does not fall off.

  In particular, the difference between the distance L1 from the shaft hole 293a of the shutter member 293 to the lower end of the front passage wall 265 and the distance L2 from the shaft hole 293a to the upper surface of the upper end 298 of the shutter member 293 is from the radius of the gaming ball Is also smaller (L1-L2 <R / 2). Therefore, the load of the waiting game ball is reliably received by the near side passage wall 265, and the falling of the game ball is reliably prevented.

<2nd ball clogging suppression structure>
Next, the second ball clogging prevention structure will be described using FIGS. 20 and 21. FIG. The second ball clogging prevention structure is provided for each of the upper and lower tray passages. Therefore, first, the second ball clogging suppressing structure of the upper tray passage will be described.

  As described above, the receiving portion 275 is formed to project more rearward than the back surface of the front door frame 14, and as shown in FIG. 21, the receiving portion 275 is rearward of the pivot shaft 282 of the front door frame 14. It is in. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 21B, a part of the lower region of the inner frame side upper countersink passage portion 262 is included in the pivoting range of the outer opening 279 when the front door frame 14 is opened. Further, at an intermediate position in the opening of the front door frame 14, a part of each of the inner opening 278 and the outer opening 279 is located below the inner frame-side upper countersink passage 262. Then, in this state, the gaming ball in the inner opening 278 can move to the outer opening 279 through the area above the partition wall 277 of the socket 275.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 13 and FIG. 21, a recess 283 is formed in the partition wall 277 of the receiving portion 275 so as to be recessed downward from the upper end thereof. The recess 283 is formed from the middle position in the left-right direction of the partition wall 277 to the rear end, and the longitudinal dimension X2 thereof is larger than the diameter R of the gaming ball (X2> R).

  As described above, the rotation range of the outer opening 279 of the outlet 275 is set, and the recess 283 is formed in the partition wall 277 of the outlet 275, so that the front door frame 14 is opened. At the start, there is a game ball at the boundary between the front door side upper plate passage portion 272 and the inner frame side upper plate passage portion 262 and near the inner frame side upper plate passage portion 262 (position B2 in FIG. 20) Even so, the gaming ball can be retracted across the recess 283 from the inner opening 278 side to the outer opening 279 side. Therefore, the occurrence of ball clogging is suppressed, and the opening operation of the front door frame 14 can be smoothly performed. However, the depth dimension of the recess 283 is X3, and the distance between the bottom of the recess 283 and the lower end of the dividing passage wall 264 of the inner frame side passage unit 121 is smaller than the diameter R of the gaming ball There is. Therefore, in the configuration in which the recess 283 is formed in the partition wall 277, the game ball in the inner opening 278 is prevented from moving to the outer opening 279 when the front door frame 14 is closed.

  Next, the second ball clogging prevention structure of the lower tray passage will be described.

  The ball retreating portion 290 is integrally formed on the upper end portion of the receiving portion 275 on the outer opening 279 side so as to extend outward of the pachinko machine 10. That is, the ball retracting portion 290 is aligned laterally with the outer opening 279 on the rotation base end side of the front door frame 14 with respect to the outer opening 279. The ball retreating portion 290 is shaped like a plate enough to allow one game ball to be placed thereon, and the bottom portion 290 a is lower than the open upper surface of the outer opening portion 279 and the bottom portion of the outer opening portion 279 It is above. However, when the front door frame 14 is closed, the ball retreating portion 290 is formed so that the gaming ball that has passed through the inner frame side lower plate passage portion 263 will not be placed thereon. That is, the distance between the bottom portion 290 a of the ball retraction portion 290 and the side wall portion of the inner frame side passage unit 121 is smaller than the diameter of the gaming ball. Preferably, the distance is less than the radius of the gaming ball.

  The bottom 290 a of the ball retraction portion 290 is inclined downward toward the outer opening 279, and the ball retraction portion 290 is in communication with the outer opening 279. Further, as described above, the receiving portion 275 is located rearward of the pivot shaft 282 of the front door frame 14, and in the pivot range of the ball retraction portion 290 when the front door frame 14 is opened, the inner frame side lower countersink passage A part of the lower region of the part 263 is included.

  As described above, the ball retracting portion 290 is provided, and the rotation range thereof is set as described above, whereby the front door side lower countersink passage portion 273 and the inner frame side lower plate are started when the front door frame 14 is opened. Even if there is a game ball at a position close to the passage portion 263 and near the inner frame side lower plate passage portion 263 (the position of B3 in FIG. 21), the game ball can be retracted by the ball retraction portion 290 . In other words, the game ball at that position hits the front passage wall 265 of the inner frame side passage unit 121 when the front door frame 14 is opened, and is pushed toward the ball retraction portion 290, so it is retracted to the ball retraction portion 290 Be done. Therefore, the occurrence of ball clogging is suppressed, and the opening operation of the front door frame 14 can be smoothly performed. Further, since the bottom 290 a of the ball retracting portion 290 is inclined downward toward the outer opening 279 as described above, the gaming ball retracted to the ball retracting portion 290 enters the outer opening 279 by its own weight.

<Fall ball passage 118>
Next, the far ball passage 118 will be described.

  In the front door side passage unit 45, as shown in FIG. 15 and the like, a far ball passage forming portion 281 forming the far ball passage 118 is integrally formed with the receiving portion 275 and the front door side passage forming portion 276. ing. The foul ball passage forming portion 281 is provided inside the bent portion of the vertical passage portion 285 and the lower horizontal passage portion 286 in the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 and has a recovery port 281 a opened upward. ing. Note that the upper edge of the recovery port 281 a is lower than the upper surface 287 a of the upper wall horizontal passage portion 284 and the upper wall 287 of the vertical passage portion 285.

  Between the firing rail 112 of the game ball firing mechanism 110 and the inner and outer rails 101 and 102 of the game board 60 a in a state where the front door frame 14 is closed to the inner frame 13, the recovery port 281 a of the foul ball passage forming portion 281 is closed. It is located in Therefore, the game ball is fired from the game ball firing mechanism 110 but does not reach the game area, and the return ball coming back from the guide rail 100 configured by the inner and outer rails 101 and 102 is from the collection port 281 a Get inside.

  The gaming ball that has entered the far ball passage forming portion 281 is discharged to the lower tray 34 through the far ball passage 118 formed in the far ball passage forming portion 281. The foul ball passage 118 has a passage width and a passage height slightly larger than that of one game ball, and a plurality of game balls are arranged in the passage width direction, and a plurality of game balls at an intermediate position Stacking is prevented. Further, the foul ball passage 118 has an outlet 118a at the end on the opposite side of the front door side passage unit 45 to the side of the receiving portion 275 with the recovery port 281a as an inlet (see FIG. 14). The outlet 118 a communicates with the second ball inlet 34 b of the lower plate 34. Here, the second ball inlet 34 b is the ball outlet of the ball removing passage 242 from the upper plate 33 to the lower plate 34 as described above. That is, the far ball passage 118 merges with the ball removal passage 242 on its downstream side, and the far ball passage 118 and the ball removal passage 242 have the same ball outlet in the lower tray 34.

  As described above, the ball outlet of the lower door channel portion 273 on the front door side is the first ball inlet 34 a formed separately from the second ball inlet 34 b in the lower plate 34. That is, the foul ball passage 118 is provided separately from the front door side lower tray passage portion 273, and the gaming ball introduced into the far ball passage 118 is the gaming ball passing through the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 It is completely discharged into the lower plate 34 by another route. Here, in the lower plate 34, the second ball inlet 34b is formed at a position shifted in the left-right direction with respect to the first ball inlet 34a. More specifically, the far ball passage 118 is formed to extend outward (laterally) when viewed from the downstream side of the lower door passage 273 on the front door side in the game ball flow direction, and this extended distance The second ball inlet 34b is laterally offset with respect to the first ball inlet 34a. Thereby, in the case where the gaming balls passing through the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 and the gaming balls passing through the far ball passage 118 are simultaneously discharged to the lower tray 34, the collision between both the gaming balls is avoided Be done. If these game balls collide, there is a risk that the game balls will jump out of the lower plate 34 due to mutual bounce back, but the possibility of such pops out is reduced by the collision of both game balls being avoided as described above ing.

  As shown in FIG. 15, the foul ball passage 118 extends from the recovery port 281a to the opposite side to the second ball inlet 34b in the left-right direction, and is then folded back via the folded portion 118b to form the second ball inlet 34b. It extends in the left-right direction toward the As a result, the passage length of the far ball passage 118 is secured long, and the number of game balls that can be on standby in the far ball passage 118 can be increased as much as possible. In addition, as described above, the ball ball passage 118 is formed by extending outward (laterally) when viewed in the game ball flow downward direction from the downstream side of the front door side lower plate passage portion 273. In the configuration in which the first ball inlet 34a and the second ball inlet 34b are shifted in the left-right direction by the plate 34, the passage length of the far ball passage 118 can be secured as long as possible. Note that an impact absorbing member such as a sponge member may be applied to a region which is a bottom surface of the ball ball passage 118 and is opened upward by the recovery port 281a. By applying the shock absorbing member, it is possible to absorb an impact on the ball passage 118 of the return ball dropped from above.

  The far ball passage 118 is above the front door lower tray passage 273 and is occupied by the far ball passage 118 in the front-rear direction of the pachinko machine 10 and the front door lower tray passage 273 is occupied by the front and back of the pachinko machine 10 It overlaps with the area of direction vertically. Thus, in the configuration in which the front door side lower countersunk passage 273 and the far ball passage 118 are provided in the front door side passage unit 45, the physical size of the front door side passage unit 45 is reduced, ie, the front door side passage unit 45 is compact Can be achieved. Further, the ball ball passage 118 is formed such that at least a part thereof is along the front door side lower countersink passage portion 273. From this point as well, downsizing of the front door side passage unit 45, that is, downsizing of the front door side passage unit 45 is achieved.

<Ball receiving structure>
Next, the ball receiving structure at the time of the opening operation of the front door frame 14 will be described.

  Opening and closing of the front door frame 14 may be performed when the upper tray 33 is full. In this case, when the front door frame 14 is opened and closed in a state where the inner opening 278 of the receiving part 275 is filled with gaming balls, the gaming ball in the inner opening 278 is There is a risk of falling on the buttocks 275a. On the other hand, a ball receiving structure for the ball is provided.

  This ball receiving structure is provided in the front door side passage forming portion 276 of the front door side passage unit 45. Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 15 to 17, the ball receiving structure is provided on the upper wall 287 of the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the vertical passage portion 285 of the lower door passage portion 273 on the front door side passage forming portion 276. It is provided.

  The upper wall 287 passes through the lower side of the inner opening 278 in the socket 275, and is gently inclined downward in the direction of the game ball flow of the lower door passage 273 on the front door side. In addition, the upper wall 287 is laterally aligned with the inner opening 278 in plan view. In other words, it can be said that the upper wall 287 extends from the position below the inner opening 278 to the pivoting tip side of the front door frame 14.

  At the rear end of the pachinko machine 10 in the upper wall 287, a ridge portion 288 which is erected from the upper surface 287a and extends in the left-right direction is integrally formed. Further, at the front end of the pachinko machine 10 on the upper wall 287, there is a plate-like portion 271 of the front door side passage unit 45. With this configuration, a ball receiving passage 289 is formed on the upper surface 287 a of the upper wall 287 between the protrusion 288 and the plate-like portion 271.

  The ball receiving passage 289 extends from the lower side of the inner opening 278 in the receiving portion 275 toward the pivoting tip side of the front door frame 14 by the upper wall 287 being formed as described above. It is inclined downward toward the tip of the movement. Here, as described above, the far ball passage forming portion 281 is provided inside the bent portion of the vertical passage portion 285 and the lower stage horizontal passage portion 286 in the front door side lower countersk passage portion 273, and the far ball passage forming portion The upper edge of the opening of 281 is lower than the upper surface 287 a of the upper wall 287. That is, there is a far ball passage forming portion 281 at the tip of the ball receiving passage 289, and the upper edge of the opening of the far ball passage forming portion 281 is lower than the ball receiving passage 289. Thus, the ball receiving passage 289 leads to the far ball passage forming portion 281 and further to the far ball passage 118.

  As described above, by providing the ball receiving passage 289, even if the game ball falls from the inner opening 278 due to vibration or the like at the time of opening and closing of the front door frame 14, the game ball is released from the ball receiving passage 289. Received by The received gaming ball is introduced into the far ball passage forming portion 281 by flowing down the ball receiving passage 289, and is discharged to the lower tray 34 through the far ball passage 118. Thereby, the ball can be discharged to the lower tray 34 without being scattered in the game hall or the like.

  In particular, it is considered that the rolling balls fall from the inner opening 278 to the pivoting tip side of the front door frame 14 due to the centrifugal force when the front door frame 14 rotates. In this case, the ball receiving passage 289 is provided so as to extend from the lower side of the inner opening 278 to the pivoting tip side as described above, so that the ball receiving passage 289 can easily receive the rolling balls. Also, even if the gaming ball falls from the inner opening 278 to the pivoting base end side of the front door frame 14, the loose ball is received by the outer opening 279.

  As described above, the ball receiving portion 275 is provided with the ball retraction portion 290. Therefore, even if the ball is dropped from the outer opening 279 to the pivoting base end side of the front door frame 14 when the front door frame 14 is opened or closed, the ball can be received by the ball retraction portion 290. From this point of view, the ball retracting portion 290 has not only a function as a ball clogging suppressing structure but also a function as a ball receiving structure. Further, when the rolling ball falls from the outer opening 279 to the pivoting tip side of the front door frame 14, the rolling ball is received by the inner opening 278.

<Lower speaker unit 30>
Next, the lower speaker unit 30 will be described with reference to FIG. 9, FIG. 12, FIG. 14 to FIG.

  As described above, in addition to the lower speaker 30a and the speaker cover 250, the lower speaker unit 30 outputs the sound output from the back side of the lower speaker 30a to the front door lower dish passage 273 and the first ball inlet An enclosure 331 is provided to discharge the pachinko machine forward through 34a. As shown in FIGS. 15 and 16, the enclosure 331 includes an air chamber 332 housing the back portion of the lower speaker 30 a in addition to the front door lower dish passage 273 and the first ball inlet 34 a, and the lower speaker And a sound passage 333 for guiding the sound output from the air chamber 30a into the air chamber 332 to the front door side lower tray passage portion 273. The enclosure 331 (first ball inlet 34a) corresponds to a sound emitting unit for emitting a sound in front of the pachinko machine.

  In the front door side passage unit 45, the front door side upper countersink passage portion 272 and the far ball passage 118 are not included in the enclosure 331. Further, although the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 forms the lower tray passage together with the inner frame side lower tray passage portion 263 and the back pack side lower tray passage portion 259, in the present embodiment, the entire region of the lower tray passage Is not included in the enclosure 331, but only the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 of the lower tray passage is included in the enclosure 331. That is, the inner frame side lower tray passage portion 263 and the back pack side lower tray passage portion 259 are not included in the enclosure 331.

  The air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 are included in the front door side passage unit 45 together with the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 and the like, and a position not overlapping the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 in the longitudinal direction of the pachinko machine 10 Is located in The air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 form a space section defined by the connecting plate 274c between the pair of base plates 274a and 274b, similarly to the front door side lower plate passage 273. Here, if the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 are collectively referred to as a sound guiding path for guiding the sound output rearward from the lower speaker 30a to the front door side lower countersink passage portion 273, the front door side passage unit In addition to the front door side passage forming portion 276 and the far ball passage forming portion 281, a sound guiding path forming portion 334 having a sound guiding path is provided. The air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 are, similarly to the front door side lower plate passage portion 273, a space having a rectangular cross section due to being divided by the connecting plate 274c in the pair of base plates 274a and 274b. It has become.

  The sound guide path forming portion 334 is formed in a rectangular parallelepiped shape as a whole, and is disposed below the receiving portion 275 and to the side of the far ball passage forming portion 281. Specifically, it is disposed below the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284 of the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 and to the side of the vertical passage portion 285. The sound guide path forming portion 334 is adjacent to the front door side passage forming portion 276 along the back surface of the base frame 231, and the upper end and one side end thereof are connected to the front door side passage forming portion 276.

  As shown in FIGS. 9 and 12, in the front door frame 14, the lower speaker 30a is fixed to the base frame 231 in a state of being inserted into the lower opening 231a of the base frame 231 as described above. In this case, the front surface portion of the lower speaker 30a is hooked on the front surface of the base frame 231, and the rear surface portion is in a state of projecting to the rear surface side of the base frame 231 through the lower opening 231a. The front door side passage unit 45 is disposed at a position where the air chamber 332 overlaps the lower speaker 30 a in the front-rear direction.

  In the sound guide path forming portion 334, the front base plate 274a of the pair of base plates 274a and 274b is provided with a speaker opening 336 in which the air chamber 332 is opened toward the base frame 231. The rear portion of 30 a is in a state of entering the air chamber 332 through the speaker opening 336. The projection dimension of the lower speaker 30a from the front base plate 274a is smaller than the separation distance between the front base plate 274a and the rear base plate 274b (the thickness dimension of the air chamber 332). The rear portion is spaced forward from the rear base plate 274b.

  In this case, the lower speaker 30 a is not directly fixed to the front door side passage unit 45 but indirectly fixed via the base frame 231 of the front door frame 14. In this case, the lower speaker 30a and the front door side passage unit 45 are firmly fixed to the base frame 231 in an independent state.

  Returning to the description of FIGS. 15 and 16, the sound passage 333 is provided below the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284 in a state where it is bent in the front door side passage unit 45. The sound passage 333 communicates the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 with the air chamber 332, and is disposed between the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 and the air chamber 332. In this case, while the sound passage 333 is adjacent to both the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 and the air chamber 332, the air chamber 332 and the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 are not adjacent to each other. The sound passage 333 is separated from both the front door side lower tray passage 273 and the air chamber 332 by the connecting plate 274 c.

  The front door side passage unit 45 includes an air chamber partition portion 341 that separates the air chamber 332 from the sound passage 333 and a lower tray passage partition portion 342 that divides the front door lower countersink passage portion 273 from the sound passage 333. Have. The air chamber partition portion 341 and the lower tray passage partition portion 342 are each formed by the connection plate 274 c, and extend along the sound transmission direction in the sound passage 333. The lower tray passage partition portion 342 is disposed more downstream than the air chamber partition portion 341 in the direction in which the output sound from the lower speaker 30a is transmitted from the air chamber 332 to the front door side lower tray passage portion 273. . While the lower tray passage partition part 342 is disposed on the inner peripheral side of the sound guide path forming part 334, the air chamber partition part 341 is a boundary part between the front door side channel forming part 276 and the sound guide path forming part 334. It extends along the

  An air chamber hole 343 for transmitting a sound from the air chamber 332 to the sound passage 333 is provided in the air chamber partition portion 341. The air chamber hole 343 is a communication hole communicating the air chamber 332 with the sound passage 333 and is disposed at the upstream end of the sound passage 333 in the transmission direction of the output sound from the lower speaker 30a. In the sound passage 333, the portion of the air chamber hole 343 can also be referred to as a throat.

  On the other hand, the lower tray passage partition portion 342 is provided with a lower tray passage hole 344 for transmitting a sound from the sound passage 333 to the front door side lower tray passage portion 273. The lower tray passage hole 344 is a communication hole connecting the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 and the sound passage 333, and is disposed at the downstream end of the sound passage 333. In this case, in the front door side lower tray passage portion 273, the lower tray passage hole 344 is disposed at a position separated upstream from the full detection sensor 280 in the flow direction of the gaming ball. The lower tray passage hole 344 corresponds to a sound intake hole for taking a sound into the lower door passage portion 273 on the front door side.

  In the sound passage 333 as a whole, the cross-sectional area gradually increases from the air chamber hole 343 which is the upstream end portion to the lower plate passage hole 344 which is the downstream end portion. In this case, the depth dimension of the sound passage 333 is the same in the entire area due to the parallel extension of the pair of base plates 274a and 274b, similarly to the front door side lower plate passage portion 273. On the other hand, the thickness dimension of the sound passage 333 gradually increases as the lower plate passage hole 344 is approached. The sound passage 333 has a portion extending in the width direction of the pachinko machine 10 and a portion extending in the vertical direction, and in the portion extending in the width direction, the height dimension is a thickness dimension and extends in the vertical direction In the part, the width dimension is the thickness dimension.

  The sound passage 333 has a plurality of passage portions 351 to 352 linearly extending along the back surface of the base frame 231. Of the passage portions 351 to 352, the first passage portion 351 is disposed on the most upstream side in the sound transmission path from the air chamber 332, and on the downstream side from the air chamber hole 343 (opposite to the air chamber 332). It extends towards. The third passage portion 353 is disposed at the most downstream side, and extends from the lower plate passage hole 344 toward the upstream side (the air chamber 332 side). The second passage portion 352 is disposed at an intermediate position of the sound passage 333 and connects the first passage portion 351 and the second passage portion.

  The first passage portion 351 and the second passage portion 352 extend along the air chamber 332 and are separated from the air chamber 332 by the air chamber partition 341. The first passage portion 351 is disposed to the side of the air chamber 332 and extends upward from an air chamber hole 343 disposed at a lower portion of the air chamber 332. The second passage portion 352 is disposed above the air chamber 332, and extends laterally along the upper side of the air chamber 332 from the upper end (downstream end) of the first passage portion 351.

  Here, the air chamber partition portion 341 includes a first portion 341 a extending in the vertical direction along the first passage portion 351, and a second portion extending in the width direction of the air chamber 332 along the second passage portion 352. The air chamber hole 343 penetrates the lower end of the first portion 341a. In the air chamber partition portion 341, the first portion 341a divides the air chamber 332 and the first passage portion 351 into right and left, and the second portion 341b vertically arranges the air chamber 332 and the second passage portion 352. I am divided.

  The third passage portion 353 extends along the upper horizontal passage portion 284 of the lower door passage portion 273 on the front door side, and is separated from the upper horizontal passage portion 284 by the lower disk passage partition portion 342. The third passage portion 353 is disposed below the upper stage lateral passage portion 284 and extends laterally from the downstream end of the second passage portion 352 along the upper side of the second passage portion 352. In this case, the third passage portion 353 is in a state of being stacked on the second passage portion 352, and is partitioned by the sound passage partition portion 355 with respect to the second passage portion 352. The sound passage partition 355 is formed by the connection plate 274 c and extends along the boundary between the second passage 352 and the third passage 353. In this case, the sound passage partition 355 forms a floor of the third passage 353.

  Here, the lower tray passage partition portion 342 includes a horizontal portion 342 a extending along the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284 of the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 and a vertical portion 342 b extending along the vertical passage portion 285. have. The horizontal portion 342 a extends along the boundary between the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the third passage portion 353 to thereby divide the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the third passage portion 353 up and down. The floor portion of the lateral passage portion 284 and the ceiling portion of the third passage portion 353 are formed. The vertical portion 342 b extends along the boundary between the vertical passage portion 285 and the first passage portion 351 and the third passage portion 353, whereby the vertical passage portion 285, the first passage portion 351 and the third passage portion It divides 353 into right and left.

  The lower tray passage hole 344 is formed in the vertical portion 342 b of the lower tray passage partition portion 342. The sound passage partitioning portion 355 extends from the vertical portion 342 b to the opposite side to the vertical passage portion 285, and the lower countersink passage hole 344 extends in the vertical direction to thereby form the horizontal portion 342 a and the sound passage partitioning portion 355. And it has been The lower plate passage hole 344 extends downward from the horizontal portion 342a below the horizontal portion 342a, and the gaming balls flowing down from the upper horizontal passage portion 284 to the vertical passage portion 285 are transmitted from the lower plate passage hole 344. Move away from you. In this case, in a state where the lower tray passage hole 344 extends downward from the downstream end of the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284, a position at which the gaming ball flowing down the lower door passage portion 273 on the front door side does not easily contact It will be arrange | positioned in the position spaced apart from the flow-down path of a game ball. The lower tray passage hole 344 is disposed at the separated position, so that a suppression mechanism for suppressing the game ball from flowing out from the lower tray passage hole 344 is configured.

  The lower tray passage hole 344 is disposed at a position where at least a portion thereof overlaps the straight line portion of the vertical passage portion 285 in the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion 285. Here, in the front door side passage unit 45, the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion 285 is formed by the pair of base plates 274a and 274b and the connection plate 274c, and the lower countersink passage hole 344 is a side surface of the vertical passage portion 285. It is arrange | positioned at the part formed of the connection board 274c among parts.

  In the sound passage 333, the straight portions of the passage portions 351 to 353 are tapered gradually thickened toward the downstream side. In this case, in each straight line portion of the first passage 351 and the second passage 352, the cross-sectional area of the upstream end of the second passage 352 is the same as the cross-sectional area of the downstream end of the first passage 351. Or it is bigger than that. Further, in each straight line portion of the second passage portion 352 and the third passage portion 353, the cross-sectional area of the upstream end portion of the third passage portion 353 is made equal to or larger than the cross-sectional area of the second passage portion 352 There is.

  The sound passage 333 is bent along the back surface of the base frame 231, and has a plurality of bent portions 357 as the bent portions. The sound bending portion 357 is formed in each of a connection portion between the first passage portion 351 and the second passage portion 352 and a connection portion between the second passage portion 352 and the third passage portion 353, and the lower speaker 30a. It is possible to attenuate the middle to high range of the sound that is output from and passes through the sound passage 333. The sound bending portion 357 corresponds to a sound corner portion. Further, at the connection portion between the second passage portion 352 and the third passage portion 353, the sound bending portion 357 corresponds to a folded portion in which the third passage portion 353 is folded relative to the second passage portion 352.

  The cross-sectional area of each sound bending portion 357 is substantially the same as the cross-sectional area of the passage portions 351 to 353 adjacent to the top and bottom thereof. For example, in the connection portion between the first passage 351 and the second passage 352, the cross-sectional area of the sound bending portion 357 is the cross-sectional area of the downstream end of the straight portion of the first passage 351 and the second passage 352 The cross-sectional area of the upstream end of the straight portion of. Further, in the connection portion between the second passage portion 352 and the third passage portion 353, the sectional area of the sound bending portion 357 is the sectional area of the downstream end portion of the straight portion of the second passage portion 352 and the third passage portion 353 The cross-sectional area of the upstream end of the straight portion of.

<Restriction member 363>
The lower plate passage hole 344 has a size and a shape in which the game ball can enter. Specifically, the cross-sectional area of the lower plate passage hole 344 is the same as or larger than the cross-sectional area of the downstream end of the third passage 353, and the cross-sectional area of the vertical passage 285 is lower. It is equal to or larger than the cross-sectional area of the countersink hole 344. Therefore, in the front door side lower plate passage 273, there is a concern that game balls flowing down the vertical passage 285 or gaming balls collected in the vertical passage 285 may enter the sound passage 333 through the lower plate passage hole 344. Ru.

  Therefore, as shown in FIG. 14 to FIG. 16, the front door side passage unit 45 restricts the outflow of the gaming ball from the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 to the sound passage 333 as a restricting member 363 as an outflow restricting portion. Have. The restricting member 363 is an open / close member provided so as to be able to open and close to the lower plate passage hole 344. The lower plate passage hole 344 is opened in the open state and the lower plate passage hole 344 in the closed state. Is closed.

  The regulation member 363 is formed of a plate material, and can block transmission of sound in the air. When the restricting member 363 is in the closed state, the sound passage 333 is closed from the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 side, so that the game ball from the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 to the sound passage 333 is closed. While restricting the outflow, the transmission of the sound from the sound passage 333 to the lower door passage portion 273 on the front door side is restricted. Therefore, the closed state of the restricting member 363 corresponds to the restricted state for the outflow of the game ball and the transmission of the sound. In addition to the fact that the lower plate passage hole 344 is disposed on the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion 285, the restricting member 363 constitutes a suppressing mechanism that suppresses the outflow of the gaming ball from the lower plate passage hole 344. ing.

  The regulating member 363 is pivotally supported by the base plates 274a and 274b, and is opened and closed by pivoting. The restricting member 363 is provided in a state of being stretched over the pair of base plates 274a and 274b, and the rotation axis thereof extends in the direction in which the base plates 274a and 274b are arranged (thickness direction of the front door side passage unit 45). ing. In the regulating member 363, a pivot shaft is disposed at one end thereof, and the pivot shaft is disposed side by side at the downstream end of the lower tray passage partition portion 342.

  When the regulating member 363 is in the closed state, the end where the pivot shaft is disposed is the upper end, and extends downward from the upper end. In this case, the restriction member 363 covers the lower countersink passage hole 344 from the side of the vertical passage portion 285 in a state in which the rotation front end portion (lower end portion) thereof is arranged horizontally in the downstream end portion of the sound passage partition portion 355. The sound passage 333 is closed from the downstream side.

  At the upper end portion of the vertical portion 342 b of the lower tray passage partition portion 342, a concave portion 364 which is recessed toward the sound passage partition portion 355 is formed. When the restricting member 363 is in the closed state, the rotational tip of the restricting member 363 is inserted into the recess 364 from the vertical passage 285 side, whereby the restricting member 363 is on the vertical passage 285 side. It does not project to In this case, in the regulating member 363, the plate surface on the vertical passage 285 side is continuous with the inner circumferential surface of the vertical passage 285 (the surface on the vertical passage portion 285 side of the vertical portion 342b). As a result, it is suppressed that the flow-down mode of the gaming ball in the vertical passage portion 285 is changed by the presence of the regulating member 363 in the closed state.

  Further, the tip end portion of the restriction member 363 is hooked to the recess 364 from the side of the vertical passage portion 285 so that the tip end portion does not enter the sound passage 333. Therefore, for example, even if the game ball is stacked in the lower horizontal passage portion 286 or the vertical passage portion 285 when the lower plate 34 is full, the restricting member 363 is pushed by the game ball and rotated toward the sound passage 333 side. It is possible to prevent the lower plate passage hole 344 from being opened.

  When the restricting member 363 is in the fully open state among the open states, the restricting member 363 is in the unrestricted state in which the passage of the lower tray passage hole 344 is not restricted for both the gaming ball and the sound. In this case, the restricting member 363 extends from the end having the pivot shaft to the opposite side to the lateral portion 342a of the lower tray passage partition 342 and is disposed at a position overlapping the extension of the lateral portion 342a. It is done. For this reason, the transmission of sound from the sound passage 333 to the lower plate 34 through the vertical passage portion 285 is not blocked by the restriction member 363. Note that the position where the restricting member 363 is fully open corresponds to the partitioning position.

  Further, the restricting member 363 has the same thickness as the lateral portion 342a. For this reason, the upper surface and the lower surface of the restriction member 363 are disposed on the extension of the upper surface and the lower surface of the lateral portion 342a. In this case, the upper surface of the regulating member 363 in the fully open state is continuous with the passage surface 284a (the upper surface of the lateral portion 342a) of the upper lateral passage portion 284 and the lower surface is the ceiling of the third passage portion 353. A continuous surface is formed on the surface (the lower surface of the lateral portion 342a).

  Furthermore, when the restricting member 363 is fully open, it extends in the width direction of the vertical passage portion 285, and is in a partitioned state in which the vertical passage portion 285 is vertically divided. In this case, the restricting member 363 restricts the progress of the sound transmitted from the sound passage 333 to the vertical passage portion 285 to the upstream side (the upper side horizontal passage portion 284 side), while the downstream side (the lower side horizontal passage portion 286 side) Do not regulate to go to). Therefore, when the restriction member 363 is in the partitioned state, the transmission direction of the sound from the sound passage 333 is limited to the lower tray 34 side. Further, in this case, the restricting member 363 is disposed at a position overlapping with the flow-down path of the game ball flowing down the front door side lower plate passage 273. The restricting member 363 corresponds to a partition in addition to the outflow restricting portion and the opening / closing member.

  Incidentally, even when the restricting member 363 is in the open state, if the opening degree to the lower plate passage hole 344 is a size that restricts the outflow of the gaming ball from the lower plate passage hole 344, It will be in the regulation state which regulates the outflow. In addition, if the opening degree is a size that restricts the transmission of the sound of the lower door passage portion 273 on the front door side, it is in a restricted state that restricts the transmission of the sound to the lower door passage portion 273 on the front door side. .

  The front door side passage unit 45 has a biasing member for biasing the regulating member 363 to the fully open state. The biasing member is a torsion spring or the like provided to the pivot shaft of the regulating member 363, and when the gaming ball is placed on the regulating member 363, it is more than the load applied to the regulating member 363 from the gaming ball It has a small biasing force.

  Further, the front door side passage unit 45 has a rotation stopper 365 which restricts the regulation member 363 from pivoting from the fully open state (partitioned state) to a direction in which the opening degree is further increased. The rotation stopper 365 is a convex portion projecting inward from the inner peripheral surface of the front door side passage forming portion 276, and extends along the depth direction of the front door side lower countersink passage portion 273. The base plates 274a and 274b are in a state of being hung. The restricting member 363 is held in a fully open state against the biasing force of the biasing member by the rotation front end thereof being hooked on the rotation stopper 365 from the downstream side. The rotation stopper 365 is disposed on the upstream side of the lower tray passage hole 344 on the opposite side of the lower tray passage partition portion 342 with the vertical passage portion 285 interposed therebetween. In this case, the rotation stopper 365 is disposed at a position higher than the downstream end of the lower tray passage partitioning portion 342 in the vertical passage portion 285, so that the flow path of the gaming ball flowing down the vertical passage portion 285 is obtained. It is arranged at the position which does not overlap.

  Since the regulating member 363 in the partitioned state is caught on the rotation stopper 365 from the downstream side, temporarily, from the first ball inlet 34a of the lower tray 34 for the purpose of illegally paying out the game ball from the payout device 222 Even if an incorrect jig such as a wire or the like is inserted into the lower door passage portion 273 on the front door side, it is difficult to push open the fully open regulation member 363 with the incorrect jig. It is possible to prevent reaching Thereby, it can be suppressed that the suspicious person illegally receives the payout of the game ball.

  When the restricting member 363 is in the fully open state, until the fraudulent jig contacts the restricting member 363 because the lower surface of the restricting member 363 is disposed on the extension of the ceiling surface of the third passage 353 Even if inserted, it is very difficult for a suspicious individual to estimate the position of the boundary between the third passage 353 and the vertical passage 285 from the feeling of the unauthorized jig. That is, it can be suppressed that a suspicious person grasps the shape and the size of the front door side lower tray passage portion 273.

  The restriction member 363 is held in the fully open state by the biasing force of the biasing member when the gaming ball does not flow from the upper row horizontal passage portion 284 to the vertical passage portion 285, while the restriction member 363 is held from the upper row horizontal passage portion 284. With the game ball flowing down into the vertical passage portion 285, the state is shifted to the non-full open state (the open state having a smaller degree of opening than the closed state or the full open state) against the biasing force of the biasing member. When the restriction member 363 is in the non-full open state, the transmission efficiency of sound from the sound passage 333 to the vertical passage portion 285 is reduced by the presence of the restriction member 363. Therefore, the volume of the sound emitted toward the lower plate 34 becomes smaller than when the restriction member 363 is fully open.

  As shown in FIG. 14, a restricting drive portion 366 which forces the restricting member 363 to perform a closing operation is attached to the restricting member 363. The regulation drive unit 366 is configured to include an electric motor, and has a drive shaft 366a that is a shaft of the motor. The regulation drive portion 366 is provided on the front side of the front door side passage unit 45 in a state where the drive shaft portion 366a penetrates the front side base plate 274a. Incidentally, the base frame 231 of the front door frame 14 is provided with a storage portion (not shown) for storing the regulation drive portion 366, and the storage portion is a concave portion recessed in a direction away from the front door side passage unit 45. It is done.

  The drive shaft portion 366a of the regulation drive portion 366 is provided with a hook portion such as a cam, and the drive shaft portion 366a rotates in a state where the hook portion is hooked on the regulation member 363, whereby the regulation member 363 is fully opened. It is possible to shift from the state to the closed state. Here, since the drive shaft 366a is not connected to the pivot shaft of the regulating member 363, the hooking portion can be hooked on the regulating member 363, so the game is performed on the regulating member 363 in the fully open state. When the ball comes on, only the restricting member 363 rotates even if the drive shaft 366a of the restricting drive 366 does not rotate. That is, the load of the gaming ball is not applied to the regulating member 363 and the drive shaft 366a is also rotated. In this case, since the restricting member 363 is easily pivoted by a small external force such as a load from the gaming ball, the restricting member 363 performs closing operation even though the gaming ball is placed on the fully open restricting member 363. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation where it is not done.

<Operation of Regulating Member 363>
Next, the operation of the restricting member 363 will be described with reference to FIG. 16, FIG. 22, and FIG. FIGS. 22 and 23 are views showing the operation of the restricting member 363 in the front door side passage unit 45. FIG. FIG. 22 (a) shows the case where the restricting member 363 is in the fully open state, and FIG. 22 (b) shows the case where the restricting member 363 performs a closing operation as the gaming ball flows down. FIG. 23 (a) shows the case where the restricting member 363 is in the closed state, and FIG. 23 (b) shows the case where the game ball intrudes into the sound passage 333. FIG.

  As shown in FIGS. 16 and 22A, in the enclosure 331, when the restricting member 363 is in the fully open state, the sound output from the back side of the lower speaker 30a to the air chamber 332 is the sound passage 333, It is discharged toward the lower tray 34 through the vertical passage 285, the lower horizontal passage 286 and the first ball inlet 34a. In this case, the sound travels from the air chamber 332 through the shortest path to reach the lower tray 34, and in the enclosure 331, the shortest among the sound passage 333, the vertical passage portion 285, the lower horizontal passage portion 286 and the first ball inlet 34a. If the part which forms a path is put together and it calls it the horn field 371, the regulation member 363 will form the horn field 371 by being in a full open state.

  In the enclosure 331, when the restricting member 363 is in the fully open state, a region not included in the horn region 371 exists upstream of the restricting member 363, and the region is referred to as a non-horn region 372 For example, the horn area 371 and the non-horn area 372 are separated by the restricting member 363 in the fully open state. The non-horn area 372 includes an upper stage horizontal passage portion 284 and a region on the upstream side of the restriction member 363 in the fully opened state of the vertical passage portion 285. The regulating member 363 is disposed at the boundary between the horn area 371 and the non-horn area 372 when in the fully open state (when in the partitioning position).

  When the restricting member 363 is in the closed state, the restricting member 363 divides the horn area 371 into the sound passage 333 side and the front door side lower countersink passage 273 side. On the other hand, when the restricting member 363 is in the open state such as the fully open state, the restricting member 363 does not partition the horn area 371.

  The horn area 371 has a horn shape in which the cross-sectional area is gradually increased from the upstream end of the sound passage 333 toward the downstream end (the lower plate 34) of the first ball inlet 34a. In this case, the cross-sectional area of the upstream end of the vertical passage 285 of the lower door passage 273 on the front door side is equal to or more than the cross-sectional area of the downstream end (lower plate passage hole 344) of the sound passage 333. It is enlarged. Further, the cross-sectional area of the upstream end of the first ball inlet 34 a is made equal to or larger than the cross-sectional area of the downstream end of the lower horizontal passage portion 286.

  In the sound passage 333 and the lower door passage portion 273 on the front door side, while the increase rate of the cross-sectional area increasing toward the downstream side is made substantially the same, the downstream side (lower The increase rate of the cross-sectional area increasing toward 34) is made larger than the increase rate of the cross-sectional area of the sound passage 333 and the lower door passage portion 273 on the front door side. In this case, although the horn area 371 is bent by the bends 304, 305, 357, it is a morning glory horn as a whole. In the morning glory-type horn, the sound emitted from the downstream end is less likely to spread and to advance forward, so the sound emitted from the first ball inlet 34 a of the horn area 371 is also made to the front of the pachinko machine 10 It will be easier to move on. Therefore, by utilizing the configuration in which the player can easily insert a finger into the first ball inlet 34a, a configuration is realized in which the sound emitted from the first ball inlet 34a can be easily heard by the player.

  Moreover, in the lower plate 34, since the front region 248 is disposed at a lower position than the lower end of the first ball inlet 34a, the sound emitted from the first ball inlet 34a is blocked by the front region 248. It is hard to occur. Therefore, by utilizing the configuration that makes it easy for the player to insert a hand into the lower plate 34 and grasp the gaming ball, a configuration is realized in which the sound emitted from the first ball inlet 34a can easily reach the player doing.

  Further, the horn region 371 is back-loaded in the enclosure 331 of the lower speaker unit 30 because the front door lower plate passage 273 and the sound passage 333 have a plurality of bent portions 304, 305, 357. It will form a horn. For this reason, in the horn area 371, the sound transmitted from the air chamber 332 to the lower plate 34 is easily amplified in the low range and attenuated in the middle and high range. As a result, even if the volume of the bass region of the sound output from the front side of the lower speaker 30a is insufficient, the volume of the bass region is insufficient due to the sound output from the rear side of the lower speaker 30a. It can be supplemented.

  As shown in FIG. 22 (b), when the gaming ball flowing down the front door side lower tray passage 273 reaches the regulating member 363 in the fully open state, the regulating member 363 is directed downward by the gaming ball. When pressed and closed, the non-full-opened state is entered, whereby the gaming ball can pass through the boundary between the horn area 371 and the non-horn area 372. If the opening degree of the restricting member 363 with respect to the lower plate passage hole 344 becomes small enough to allow the game ball to pass through the vertical passage portion 285 even if the restricting member 363 does not shift to the closed state, the game ball is a horn. The boundary between the area 371 and the non-horn area 372 can be passed. The state of the restricting member 363 in this case corresponds to the flow-down permission state of permitting the flow-down of the gaming ball.

  When the regulating member 363 is shifted to the non-full-opened state along with the passage of the gaming ball, the sound output from the lower speaker 30a to the air chamber 332 is blocked by the regulating member 363 in the non-full-opened state As the opening degree of the restriction member 363 with respect to the passage hole 344 becomes smaller, it becomes difficult to transmit from the sound passage 333 to the front door side lower plate passage portion 273. For this reason, when the gaming ball is intermittently dispensed from the payout device 222 to the lower tray 34, the release of the sound to the lower tray 34 is repeatedly regulated by the regulating member 363, and for the player, The sound emitted from the door side lower tray passage portion 273 to the lower tray 34 repeatedly and momentarily sounds to be interrupted. As described above, the interruption of the sound heard from the lower plate 34 can suppress monotonous effects by the sound, or make the player notice that the game ball is discharged to the lower plate 34. It will be possible.

  By the way, when a plurality of gaming balls flow down intermittently in the front door side lower plate passage 273, the possibility that the next gaming ball reaches the regulating member 363 before the regulating member 363 returns to the fully open state There is. In this case, if the restricting member 363 is not in the fully open state but in the open state, the gaming ball comes into contact with the restricting member 363, and the restricting member 363 is closed again by being pressed by the gaming ball Start operation.

  In the front door side lower tray passage 273, since the cross-sectional area of the vertical passage portion 285 and the lower horizontal passage portion 286 is sufficiently larger than the gaming ball, the gaming ball flowing downstream from the lower tray passage hole 344 Even if there is, the sound taken in from the lower plate passage hole 344 is transmitted to the downstream side between the gaming ball and the inner peripheral surface of the front door side passage forming portion 276. Therefore, when the gaming ball is discharged to the lower plate 34 through the front door side lower tray passage portion 273, it becomes difficult for the game ball to block the sound emitted from the front door side lower tray passage portion 273. ing.

  As shown in FIG. 23A, in the front door side passage unit 45, when the fullness detection sensor 280 detects that the lower portion is full, the restricting member 366 is driven to close the restricting member 363. It is supposed to move to Here, the lower tray passage hole 344 is disposed in the vertical passage portion 285, while the fullness detection sensor 280 is disposed in the lower stage horizontal passage portion 286 on the downstream side of the vertical passage portion 285. Even when the tray 34 is full and the gaming balls are stacked in the lower horizontal passage portion 286, the restriction member is placed before the stacking of the gaming balls reaches the lower tray passage hole 344 of the vertical passage portion 285 363 can be moved to the closed state. For this reason, when the restriction member 363 shifts to the closed state, a situation in which the game balls stacked in the vertical passage portion 285 become an obstacle hardly occurs. The operation control of the regulating member 363 (the regulating drive unit 366) will be described later.

<Game ball discharge function of sound passage 333>
In the horn area 371, as described above, the outflow of the gaming balls from the front door side lower tray passage 273 to the sound passage 333 is restricted by the restricting member 363, but the outflow restriction is passed and the gaming balls sound It can not be said that there is no possibility of outflow into the passage 333. Therefore, the sound passage 333 is provided with a discharge function of discharging the gaming balls having flowed out to the sound passage 333 toward the front door side lower tray passage portion 273.

  As shown in FIG. 16 and FIG. 23 (a), in the upper horizontal passage 284 and the lower horizontal passage 286 of the front door side lower tray passage 273, respective floor surfaces ( The road surface is inclined obliquely downward toward the downstream side.

  In particular, the passage surface 284a of the upper horizontal passage portion 284 is formed by the upper surface of the horizontal portion 342a of the lower disk passage partition portion 342, and the horizontal portion 342a is provided to be inclined toward the lower disk passage hole 344. It is inclined by doing. The upper surface of the lateral portion 342a forms the passage surface 284a, while the lower surface forms the ceiling surface of the third passage 353 of the sound passage 333. Thus, the ceiling of the third passage 353 is formed. The surface and the passage surface 284 a of the upper stage lateral passage portion 284 extend in parallel.

  Here, in the third passage portion 353, in order to realize a configuration in which the cross-sectional area gradually increases toward the lower plate passage hole 344, the distance between the ceiling surface and the floor surface (the passage surface 353a) is lower. The diameter gradually increases toward the countersink hole 344. As a result, the inclination angle of the passage surface 353a of the third passage portion 353 directed to the downstream side of the sound transmission (the lower plate passage hole 344) is the upper row lateral directed to the downstream side (the lower plate passage hole 344) of the gaming ball flow. The inclination angle of the passage surface 284a of the passage portion 284 is larger. That is, the inclination angle of the sound passage partition 355 is larger than the inclination angle of the lateral portion 342 a of the lower tray passage partition 342.

  Therefore, even if the gaming ball intrudes into the third passage portion 353 of the sound passage 333, the inclination of the passage surface 353 a of the third passage portion 353 encourages the gaming ball to flow downward toward the lower plate passage hole 344. Be That is, a configuration is realized in which the discharge of the game balls from the third passage portion 353 is promoted by using the shape of the third passage portion 353 for forming the horn region 371. Moreover, since the restricting member 363 is normally fully open, the gaming ball in the third passage 353 can flow down from the lower plate passage hole 344 to the vertical passage portion 285 after reaching the lower plate passage hole 344. It is difficult to be blocked by the restricting member 363. Furthermore, as described above, since the lower plate passage hole 344 extends upward from the sound passage partition 355, the game ball is discharged from the third passage 353 at the vertical portion 342b of the lower plate passage partition 342. Not be regulated by

<Electrical configuration>
Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described based on the block diagram of FIG.

  A main MPU 402 is mounted on a main control board 401 provided in the main controller 162. The main MPU 402 is a ROM 403 storing various control programs to be executed by the main MPU 402 and fixed value data, and a memory for temporarily storing various data etc. when the control program stored in the ROM 403 is executed. And an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input / output circuit, and various counter circuits as a random number generator. Note that a part of the functions of the main MPU 402, for example, the function of the ROM 403 or the function of the RAM 404 may be provided as another element.

  The main MPU 402 is provided with an input port and an output port, respectively. To the input side of the main MPU 402, a power failure monitoring board 405 provided in the main control device 162, a payout control device 181, various detection sensors, and the like are connected. In this case, the power and emission control device 191 is connected to the power failure monitoring substrate 405, and power is supplied to the main MPU 402 via the power failure monitoring substrate 405.

  Further, although not shown, the main MPU 402 includes a prize detection sensor for the general prize hole 61, a prize detection sensor for the upper operation port 62, and a prize detection sensor for the lower operation port 63 as a part of various detection sensors. A winning detection sensor for the variable winning device 64 and a winning detection sensor for the through gate 65 are connected, and the main MPU 402 of the main control unit 162 performs a winning determination (ball entering determination) for each ball entry portion. Further, the main MPU 402 executes a big hit occurrence lottery based on winning on the upper operation opening 62 and the lower actuation opening 63, and executes a support generation lottery based on winning on the through gate 65.

  To the output side of the main MPU 402, the power failure monitoring board 405, the payout control device 181, and the notification and effect control device 143 are connected. For example, a winning ball command is output to the payout control device 181 based on the result of the winning determination on the winning support ball entry unit. In this case, the command information storage area of the ROM 403 is referred to when outputting the prize ball command. Then, when the winning in the general winning opening 61 is specified, a winning ball command corresponding to the payout of ten gaming balls is output, and in the case where the winning in the variable winning device 64 is specified, fifteen gaming balls The prize ball command corresponding to the payout of the game is output, and the prize ball command corresponding to the payout of the three game balls is output when the prize in the upper operation port 62 is specified, and the prize in the lower operation port 63 is When the game ball is specified, a winning ball command corresponding to the payout of the four game balls is output.

  Various commands such as a variation command, a variation end command, an opening command, and an ending command are output to the notification and effect control device 143. In this case, when outputting these various commands, the command information storage area of the ROM 403 is referred to. Each command is configured as information of a predetermined number of bytes, and includes various information as the information of the predetermined number of bytes. In particular, in addition to the information on the game result of each game run and the information on the change display time of each game run, the regulation drive unit 366 is operated as the various information in the command for change as a command for game play It contains information on whether or not it is not.

  In addition, on the output side of the main MPU 402, an accessory driving unit for driving the motorized accessory 71 attached to the lower operation port 63, a variable entry driving unit for driving the open / close door of the variable winning device 64, and the main display unit 81 Is connected. The main control substrate 401 is provided with various driver circuits, and the main MPU 402 executes drive control of various driving units and the like through the driver circuits.

  That is, in the opening / closing execution mode, drive control of the variable entry drive unit in the variable winning device 64 is executed in the main MPU 402 so that the special winning opening of the variable winning device 64 is opened and closed. Further, when the lower operation opening 63 is in the open state (support is elected), the main MPU 402 executes the drive control of the item drive portion of the electric combination 71 so that the electric combination 71 is opened and closed. Ru. In addition, display control of the main display unit 81 is executed in the main MPU 402 at each game play.

  Furthermore, an external terminal board 213 is connected to the output side of the main MPU 402. The external terminal board 213 is provided with a jackpot signal output terminal or the like as an output terminal for outputting a signal at the time of state transition. The main MPU 402 can output a jackpot signal to the management control device on the game hall side through the jackpot signal output terminal when the game result is a jackpot result. Specifically, in the normal state, the LOW level signal is output from the jackpot signal output terminal, and when the jackpot result is obtained, the HI level signal is output. The output mode of this signal may be reversed.

  The power failure monitoring board 405 relays the main control board 401 and the power supply and emission control device 191, and monitors the voltage of the DC stable 24 volts which is the maximum voltage output from the power supply and emission control device 191.

  The payout control device 181 performs payout control of the winning balls and the lending balls by the payout device 222 based on the winning ball command input from the main control device 162. A fullness detection sensor 280 is connected to the payout control device 181, and the payout control device 181 can determine whether or not the lower tray is full by inputting a detection signal from the fullness detection sensor 280. It has become.

  The power supply and emission control device 191 is connected to, for example, a commercial power supply (external power supply) in a game arcade or the like. Then, based on the external power supplied from the commercial power supply, the main control board 401, the payout control device 181, etc. generate necessary operation power for each, and the generated operation power is supplied through a predetermined power path. Do. Further, the power supply and launch control device 191 is responsible for controlling the launch of the game ball launch mechanism 110, and the game ball launch mechanism 110 is driven when predetermined launch conditions are satisfied.

<About various counters>
Next, an electrical configuration for performing various lottery in the main MPU 402 of the main control device 162 will be described with reference to FIG.

  During the game, the main MPU 402 uses various counter information to make a large winning lottery, set the display of the main display unit 81, set the symbol display of the symbol display device 75, etc. Specifically, as shown in FIG. As shown, the jackpot random number counter C1 used for lottery of occurrence of jackpot, jackpot type counter C2 used for determining jackpot type, reach random number counter used for distributing presence or absence of reach and its type C3, random number initial value counter CINI used for initial value setting of big hit random number counter C1, and fluctuation type counter CS for determining the fluctuation display time in the main display unit 81 and the symbol display device 75 are used. Furthermore, a counter C4 for electric combination is used in the drawing of whether or not the electric combination 71 of the lower operation opening 63 is opened.

  Each of the counters C1 to C4, CINI, and CS is a loop counter in which 1 is added to the previous value each time it is updated, and reaches a maximum value and returns to 0. Each counter is updated at short time intervals, and the updated value is appropriately stored in the lottery counter buffer 421 set in the predetermined area of the RAM 404. Among them, the information corresponding to the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 in the lottery counter buffer 421 is acquired in the RAM 404 when the upper operating port 62 or the lower operating port 63 wins. It is stored in a holding ball storage area 422 provided as information storage means.

  The holding ball storage area 422 includes a holding area RE consisting of a first result display area reserve area Ra and a second result display area reserve area Rb, and an execution area AE. The reserved areas Ra and Rb include the first areas Ra1 and Rb1, the second areas Ra2 and Rb2, the third areas Ra3 and Rb3, and the fourth areas Ra4 and Rb4. The numerical information of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 stored in the lottery counter buffer 421 in accordance with the prize winning history is used as the hold information to select one of the areas Ra1 to Ra4 and Rb1 to Rb4. Stored in The hold information corresponds to special information.

  In this case, the first area Ra1, Rb1 → the first area Ra1, Rb1 → the fourth area Ra4, Rb4 when the winning in the upper operating port 62 or the lower operating port 63 occurs a plurality of times consecutively Each numerical value information is stored in time series in the order of 2 areas Ra2, Rb2 → third areas Ra3, Rb3 → fourth areas Ra4, Rb4. Thus, by providing the four areas Ra1 to Ra4 and Rb1 to Rb4 respectively, it is possible to hold storage of the game ball's winning history to the upper operation opening 62 or the lower operation opening 63 up to four each. It has become. In addition, the storage ball storage area 422 is provided with a total storage number storage area, and the total storage number storage area specifies the number of storages for winning history to the upper operation port 62 or the lower operation port 63. The information to do this is stored.

  The number that can be reserved and stored is not limited to four and is arbitrary, and may be other plural such as two, three, five or more, or may be singular.

  The execution area AE is an area for moving each numerical information stored in the first areas Ra1 and Rb1 of the holding area RE when the variable display of the main display unit 81 is started, and one game cycle is started On the occasion of the above, on the basis of various numerical value information stored in the execution area AE, a judgment of success or failure is performed.

  Specifically, for each counter, the jackpot random number counter C1 is configured to be sequentially incremented by one within a range of 0 to 599, for example, and returned to zero after reaching the maximum value. In particular, when the big hit random number counter C1 makes one revolution, the value of the random number initial value counter CINI at that time is read as the initial value of the big hit random number counter C1. The random number initial value counter CINI is a loop counter similar to the large hitting random number counter C1 (value = 0 to 599). The jackpot random number counter C1 is periodically updated, and is stored in the holding ball storage area 422 of the RAM 404 at the timing when the gaming ball has won the upper operating opening 62 or the lower operating opening 63. More specifically, it is stored in the first result display area holding area Ra of the RAM 404 at the timing when the gaming ball has won in the upper operation opening 62, and the second result display unit of the RAM 404 at the timing when the gaming ball has won in the lower operation opening 63. It is stored in the reserved area Rb.

  The value of the random number to be the jackpot win is stored as a yes / no table (winning information group) in a yes / no table storage area 411 as a yes / no information group storage unit in the ROM 403. Here, the contents of the success or failure table will be described. As the success / failure table, a success / failure table for low probability mode (low probability success / failure information group) and a high / low probability success / failure table (high probability success / failure information group) are set. That is, in the pachinko machine 10, the low probability mode (low probability state) and the high probability mode (high probability state) are set as the lottery modes in the hit / fall lottery means.

  Under the gaming state in which the low / probability mode success / failure table is referred to at the time of the lottery, there are two random number values (i.e., winning information) which will be a big hit. On the other hand, under the gaming state where the high-probability mode hit / fail table is referred to at the time of the lottery, the value of the random number which is a big hit is 21 under the gaming state. In this case, the value group of the jackpot random number counter C1 which is jackpotted in the low probability mode is included in the value group of the jackpot random number counter C1 which is jackpotted in the high probability mode.

  In addition, if the winning probability in the high probability mode is higher than that in the low probability mode, the number and value of the random numbers to be won are arbitrary, and the jackpot random number that is a big hit in the situation in the low probability mode. The value group of the counter C1 may or may not be partially included in the value group of the jackpot random number counter C1 which is the jackpot winning state in the high probability mode.

  In each lottery mode, the lottery result is out of the results except for the value of the random number for winning the jackpot.

  Next, the jackpot type counter C2 will be described. The jackpot type counter C2 is configured to be sequentially incremented by one within the range of 0 to 29 and to return to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The jackpot type counter C2 is periodically updated, and is stored in the holding ball storage area 422 of the RAM 404 at the timing when the gaming ball has won the upper operating opening 62 or the lower operating opening 63. More specifically, it is stored in the first result display area holding area Ra of the RAM 404 at the timing when the gaming ball has won in the upper operation opening 62, and the second result display unit of the RAM 404 at the timing when the gaming ball has won in the lower operation opening 63. It is stored in the reserved area Rb.

  Here, in the pachinko machine 10, (2) the support mode of the electric work item 71 of the lower operation opening 63 after the opening and closing execution mode after the end of the opening and closing execution mode; By making a difference in the two conditions, multiple jackpot results are set. As the success or failure lottery mode, the low probability mode and the high probability mode are set as described above.

  In the support mode, when compared in the situation where the firing of the gaming ball is continued in the same manner with respect to the gaming area PE, the frequency at which the motorized prize 71 of the lower operation opening 63 is in the receiving state per unit time The low frequency support mode (the low frequency support state or the low frequency guide state) and the high frequency support mode (the high frequency support state or the high frequency guide state) are set such that

  Specifically, in the low-frequency support mode and the high-frequency support mode, the probability of being in the winning combination acceptance state winning in the lottery for motorized product using the motor product counter C4 is the same (for example, both 4/5) However, in the high frequency support mode, the number of times the motorized role 71 is in the receiving state when the electronic component receiving state is won is set more than in the low frequency support mode, and one more receiving The time is set long. In this case, in the high frequency support mode, when the electronic component receiving state is won and the receiving state of the motorized product 71 occurs a plurality of times, the waiting from the end of one receiving state to the start of the next receiving state The time is set shorter than one receiving time. Furthermore, in the high-frequency support mode, the minimum securing time is set shorter than the low-frequency support mode after the one electric lottery for lottery is performed. It is done.

  As described above, in the high frequency support mode, the probability of winning in the lower operation port 63 is higher than in the low frequency support mode. In other words, in the low frequency support mode, the probability of winning of the upper operating port 62 is higher than that of the lower operating port 63 is high, but in the high frequency support mode, the winning of the lower operating port 63 than the upper operating port 62 The probability of occurrence is high. Then, when a lower winning opening 63 is a winning, a predetermined number of game balls are paid out, so in the high frequency support mode, the player plays a game while keeping the ball a lot be able to.

  The configuration for increasing the frequency in which the high-frequency support mode is to be in the power reception status per unit time rather than the low-frequency support mode is not limited to the above-described one. It is also possible to increase the probability of winning in the electronic combination acceptance status in the above. Furthermore, the number of times of switching to the receiving state is increased, the receiving time is extended, and securing of the minimum for securing the next lottery for electric combination after the one lottery for electric combination is performed Low is achieved by applying any one condition or any combination of conditions out of shortening the time (that is, shortening one variation display time in the result display section for bonus products) and increasing the winning probability. The advantage of the frequent support mode over the frequent support mode may be enhanced.

  The distribution destination of the game result with respect to the jackpot type counter C2 is stored as a distribution table (distribution information group) in the distribution table storage area 412 as distribution information group storage means in the ROM 403. Then, as such a distribution destination, a normal jackpot result (low probability correspondence special game result) and a definite variation jackpot result (high probability correspondence special game result) are set.

  The normal jackpot result is high-frequency support until the success or failure lottery mode becomes the low probability mode after the opening / closing execution mode ends and the number of games reaches the termination reference frequency (specifically, 100 times) after the support mode shifts. It is a jackpot result that becomes a mode. In addition, after the end reference number of times has elapsed, the low frequency support mode is entered.

  The probability variation jackpot result is a jackpot result in which the success or failure lottery mode becomes the high probability mode and the support mode becomes the high frequency support mode after the open / close execution mode ends. The high frequency support mode continues until the lottery result in the success or failure lottery is the jackpot state winning, and the mode is switched to the open / close execution mode.

  In the distribution table, “0 to 9” usually corresponds to the big hit result, and “10 to 29” corresponds to the probability big hit result, but the distribution of this numerical value is arbitrary. In addition, the distribution destination of the jackpot result is not limited to the above two types, for example, set a plurality of modes so that the expected acquisition value of the game ball becomes high and low in the opening and closing execution mode, the opening and closing execution The type of the jackpot result may be increased more than the above two types by providing a difference in the mode transition destination mode.

  For example, the reach random number counter C3 is configured to be sequentially incremented by one within the range of 0 to 238, and to return to 0 after reaching the maximum value. Here, in the present pachinko machine 10, an expected effect is set as a type of display effect in the symbol display device 75. Expected effect is that the variable display of the symbol (pattern) in the symbol display device 75 is started in the gaming machine in which the stop result after the variable display is the result of the change in the game time when the variable winning device 64 is in the open / close execution mode. Before the stop result is derived and displayed, the display state is to make the player think that the variable display state is likely to be the above-mentioned correspondence result.

  In the expectation effect, two types of reach display and advance notice display for expecting the occurrence of reach display and the occurrence of a response to an assignment in a stage before the reach display occurs are set.

  In the reach display, a combination of reach symbols is displayed by stopping and displaying symbols for a part of the plurality of symbol rows displayed on the display screen 75a of the symbol display device 75, and the rest of the combinations are displayed in that state. The display state which performs the fluctuation display of a symbol in a symbol row is included. Also, while displaying combinations of reach symbols as described above, while performing variable display of symbols in the remaining symbol rows, and performing reach effects by displaying a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on the background screen, or Also, it is possible to perform reach effect by displaying a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen after reducing or non-displaying a combination of reach symbols.

  In the advance notice display, after the variable display of the symbols is started on the display screen 75a of the symbol display device 75, the symbols are variably displayed in all the symbol rows, or a part of the symbol rows are plural. In a situation where symbols are variably displayed in the symbol row, a mode is included in which a character is displayed separately from the symbols on the symbol row. In addition, the background screen is a predetermined mode different from the previous modes, and the pattern on the symbol array is the predetermined mode different from the previous modes. Such advance notice may occur at any of the game times when the reach display is performed and when the reach display is not performed, but the case where the reach display is performed is higher than the case where the reach display is not performed. It is set to occur with probability.

  The reach display is executed regardless of the value of the reach random number counter C3 in the game time to shift to the open / close execution mode. In addition, in game times which are not shifted to the opening / closing execution mode, the reach random number counter C3 acquired at a predetermined timing is referred to in response to the occurrence of reach display with reference to the reach table stored in the reach table storage area of the ROM 403. Will be executed if On the other hand, the determination as to whether or not to display the advance notice is not performed by the main control device 162, but is performed by the notification and effect control device 143 or the display control device 170.

  For example, the fluctuation type counter CS is sequentially incremented by one within the range of 0 to 198, and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The fluctuation type counter CS is used when the main MPU 402 determines the fluctuation display time of the main display unit 81 and the fluctuation display time of the symbols in the symbol display device 75. The fluctuation type counter CS is updated once each time a normal process to be described later is executed once, and is repeatedly updated even within the remaining time in the normal process. Then, the buffer value of the fluctuation type counter CS is acquired at the time of the start of the fluctuation display in the main display unit 81 and the fluctuation pattern determination at the start of the fluctuation of the symbol by the symbol display device 75.

  For example, the counter C4 for an electric motor vehicle is sequentially incremented by one within the range of 0 to 249, and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The motorized product counter C4 is periodically updated, and stored in the hold position area 423 of the RAM 404 at the timing when the game ball wins the through gate 65. Then, at a predetermined timing, a lottery is performed to determine whether or not to control the motorized product 71 in the lower operation port 63 in the receiving state according to the value of the stored motorized product counter C4. For example, if C3 = 0 to 199, the motorized combination 71 is controlled to be in the receiving state, and if C3 = 200 to 249, the motorized combination 71 is not controlled to be received.

  As described above, the main MPU 402 determines the fluctuation display time in the main display unit 81 using at least the buffer value of the fluctuation type counter CS, but the fluctuation display time table storage area of the ROM 403 uses the time for the determination. Be The main MPU 402 determines the stop result in the main display unit 81 using the value of the big hit random number counter C1 and the value of the big hit type counter C2 stored in the execution area AE. A stop result table storage area is used.

<About the electrical configuration of the notification and effect control device 143 and the display control device 170>
Referring back to the block diagram of FIG. 24, the electrical configuration of the notification / rendering control device 143 and the display control device 170 will be described.

  The notification and effect control device 143 controls the lamp portions 26 to 28 and the speakers 29a and 30a provided on the front door frame 14 based on various commands input from the main control device 162.

  The notification and effect control device 143 has a notification and effect control board 431 on which the sub MPU 432 is mounted, and the sub MPU 432 controls the ROM 433 storing various control programs and fixed value data, and the control program stored in the ROM 433. A RAM 434, which is a memory for temporarily storing various data upon execution of the program, is incorporated. The ROM 433 stores sound data, notification sound, and sound data for outputting a guidance sound from the speakers 29 and 30. Sound data is digital data, and is waveform data obtained by sampling actual audible sound or analog data.

  The sub MPU 432 is provided with an input port and an output port, respectively. The main controller 162 is connected to the input side of the sub MPU 432, and receives various commands from the main controller 162. On the output side of the sub MPU 432, the various lamp portions 26 to 28 and the speakers 29a and 30a provided on the front door frame 14 are connected and the display control device 170 is connected.

  Furthermore, the restriction drive unit 366 of the front door side passage unit 45 is connected to the output side of the sub MPU 432, and the sub MPU 432 controls the drive of the restriction drive unit 366 based on various commands from the main control device 162. I do. Here, the sub MPU 432 drives the regulation drive portion 366 to forcibly close the regulation member 363, thereby making it difficult for the sound output from the back side of the lower speaker 30 a to be emitted forward of the pachinko machine 10. It becomes possible. Therefore, the sub MPU 432 performs output control on the sound output toward the lower plate 34 by performing drive control of the regulation drive unit 366.

  The display control device 170 has a display control board 441 on which an MPU 442 is mounted. The MPU 442 is a program ROM storing various control programs and fixed value data, and controls stored in the program ROM. A work RAM, which is a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when executing a program, is incorporated.

  A symbol display device 75 is connected to the display control board 441. The MPU 442 of the display control device 170 performs display control of the symbol display device 75 based on the command input from the notification and effect control device 143. In the display control device 170, based on various commands input from the main control device 162, the variation display time of the symbols in the symbol display device 75 and the type of combination of symbols to be finally displayed in a stopped state are determined. Determine the presence or absence of occurrence and the content of the reach effect.

<About various processes executed by main MPU 402>
Next, each process performed in order to advance a game in main MPU402 of the main control apparatus 162 is demonstrated. The processes of the main MPU 402 can be roughly classified into a main process activated upon power-on and a timer interrupt process activated periodically.

<Main processing>
First, the main processing will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  First, in step S101, power on wait processing is performed. In the power-on wait process, for example, the process waits until 1 sec elapses after the main process is started, without progressing to the next process. In the following step S102, access to the RAM 404 is permitted, and in step S103, the internal function register of the main MPU 402 is set.

  Thereafter, in step S104, it is determined whether or not the RWM erase switch provided in the power and emission control device 191 is manually operated, and in the subsequent step S105, whether or not "1" is set in the power failure flag of the RAM 404 Determine if In step S106, a checksum calculation process is performed to calculate a checksum. In the subsequent step S107, it is determined whether the checksum matches the checksum stored at the time of power shutdown, that is, the validity of stored data. judge.

  In the case of the pachinko machine 10, for example, when the RWM data is initialized at the time of power on, such as at the start of business operation of the game hall, the power is turned on while pressing the RWM erase switch. Therefore, if the RWM erase switch is pressed, the process proceeds to step S108. In addition, when the occurrence information of the power-off is not set, or when the abnormality of the data stored and held is confirmed by the checksum, the process similarly shifts to the process of step S108. In step S108, the RAM 404 is cleared as initialization of the RAM 404. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S109.

  On the other hand, when the RWM erase switch is not pressed, the process in step S108 is not performed under the condition that the power failure flag is set to “1” and the checksum is normal. Go to In step S109, power on setting processing is performed. In the power on setting process, a predetermined area of the RAM 404 such as initialization of a power failure flag is set to an initial value, and a command corresponding to the current gaming state is notified to the notification and effect control device 143 to recognize the current gaming state. Send. Also, a payout initialization command indicating that the initialization of RWM of the payout control device 181 should be performed is transmitted to the payout control device 181. Further, in order to permit the generation of timer interrupt processing, the interrupt permission is set.

  Thereafter, the process proceeds to the remaining process of step S110 to step S113. That is, although the main MPU 402 is configured to periodically execute the timer interrupt process, a remaining time is generated between one timer interrupt process and the next timer interrupt process. Although this remaining time fluctuates in accordance with the processing completion time of each timer interrupt process, the remaining process of step S110 to step S113 is repeatedly executed using such irregular time. In this regard, it can be said that the remaining process of the step S110 to the step S113 is a non-periodic process which is executed irregularly.

  In the remaining process, first, in step S110, in order to inhibit the generation of the timer interrupt process, the interrupt disable setting is performed. In the following step S111, the random number initial value updating process for updating the random number initial value counter CINI is executed, and in step S112, the variation counter updating process for updating the variation type counter CS is executed. In these update processes, the present numerical value information is read out from the corresponding counter of the RAM 404, and the process of adding one to the read out numerical value information is executed, and then the process of overwriting the read source counter is executed. In this case, when the counter value reaches the maximum value, it is cleared to "0". After that, in step S113, interrupt permission setting is performed to switch from the state where the generation of the timer interrupt processing is prohibited to the state where it is permitted. If the process of step S113 is performed, it will return to step S110 and will repeat the process of step S110-step S113.

<Timer interrupt processing>
Next, timer interrupt processing will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  Here, a hardware configuration for periodically executing timer interrupt processing in the main MPU 402 will be described. The main control board 401 is provided with a clock circuit as pulse signal output means for outputting a pulse signal at a predetermined cycle, and frequency division is further performed so that it is present at an intermediate position of the signal path between the clock circuit and the main MPU 402. A circuit is provided.

  The divider circuit functions as frequency changing means for changing the cycle of the pulse signal from the clock circuit, and is configured to output a pulse signal for specifying the start timing of the timer interrupt processing by the main MPU 402. That is, pulse signals are supplied from the divider circuit to the main MPU 402 at an interval of 4 msec which is a specific cycle. The main MPU 402 executes processing to confirm the occurrence of a specific signal form such as rising or falling of the pulse signal, and activates timer interrupt processing under at least one condition that the occurrence of the specific signal form is confirmed. Run.

  In this case, when the generation of the specific signal form is confirmed in a state where activation of the timer interrupt processing is prohibited, the timer is changed to a state where the interrupt is permitted from the state where the interrupt is prohibited. Interrupt processing is started. That is, depending on the execution status of processing in the main MPU 402, the timer interrupt processing may be started 4.1 msec after the previous timer interrupt processing is started. If such an event occurs, the following occurs. The timer interrupt process is started 3.9 msec after the immediately preceding timer interrupt process is started.

  However, since the output of the pulse signal from the frequency dividing circuit is performed at a specific cycle such as 4 msec regardless of the progress of the process in the main MPU 402, the timer interrupt process is basically started at a specific cycle. Furthermore, the processing configuration of the main MPU 402 follows the predetermined timing even if the timer interrupt processing at the predetermined timing is started after the period exceeding the specific cycle has elapsed since the previous timer interrupt processing was started. The timer interrupt process at the timing is absorbed by an amount exceeding that specific period, and the timer interrupt process at the next timing is set to be activated at the timing when the input of the pulse signal is confirmed.

  Now, in the timer interrupt process, first, in step S201, a power failure information storage process is executed. In the power failure information storage process, it is monitored whether or not a power failure signal corresponding to the occurrence of the power interruption is received from the power interruption monitoring board 405, and when the occurrence of the power interruption is specified, the power failure time process is executed.

  In the subsequent step S202, a lottery random number update process is executed. In the random number updating process for drawing, the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the electric combination release counter C4 are updated. Specifically, after the current numerical information is sequentially read out from the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the motor combination release counter C4, and the read out numerical information is incremented by one. Execute processing to overwrite the counter of the read source. In this case, when the counter value reaches the maximum value, it is cleared to "0".

  Thereafter, in step S203, the random number initial value updating process is performed as in step S111, and in step S204, the variation counter updating process is performed as in step S112. In the following step S205, a game stop determination process is executed. In the game stop determination process, it is monitored whether or not the progress of the game is to be stopped, and if the progress of the game is to be stopped, the execution of the process for advancing the game is stopped.

  Thereafter, in step S206, it is determined whether or not the progress of the game is stopped, and the processes after step S207 are executed on the condition that the progress of the game is not stopped.

  In step S207, port output processing is performed. In the port output process, when setting of output information is performed in the previous timer interrupt process, a process for performing an output corresponding to the output information to the variable winning device 64 and the motorized combination 71 is executed. For example, when the information to switch the large winning opening of the variable winning device 64 to the open state is set, the output of the drive signal to the variable winning device 64 is started, and the information to be switched to the closed state is set. In this case, the output of the drive signal is stopped. Further, when the information to switch the motorized part 71 in the lower operation opening 63 to the open state is set, the output of the drive signal to the motorized part 71 is started, and the information to be switched to the closed state is set. If it does, the output of the drive signal is stopped.

  In the following step S208, a reading process is performed. In the reading process, reading of signals other than the power failure signal and the winning signal is executed, and the read information is stored for use in future processing.

  In the subsequent step S209, a winning detection process is executed. In the winning detection process, the signals received from the respective winning detection sensors such as the general winning opening 61 are read, and the general winning opening 61, the large winning opening of the variable winning device 64, the upper operation opening 62, the lower operating opening 63 and A process of specifying the presence or absence of winning on the through gate 65 is executed.

  In the subsequent step S210, a timer update process is performed to collectively update numerical information of a plurality of types of timer counters provided in the RAM 404. In this case, the timer counter is stored in which the stored numerical information is subtracted and updated, but both the update of the subtraction type timer counter and the update of the addition type timer counter are collectively performed. It is good also as composition.

  In the subsequent step S211, a fraud detection process is performed to monitor whether or not a predetermined event set as a fraud monitoring target has occurred. In the fraud detection process, the occurrence of a plurality of types of events is monitored, and by confirming that a predetermined event has occurred, the setting for stopping the game is performed in step S205 in the next timer interrupt process, An affirmative determination is made in step S206.

  In the following step S212, a launch control process is performed to control the launch of the gaming ball. In the situation where the firing operation is continued to the gaming ball firing handle 41, as described above, one gaming ball is fired in 0.6 sec which is a predetermined firing cycle.

  In the subsequent step S213, as input state monitoring processing, confirmation of disconnection of each winning detection sensor and confirmation of opening of the main game unit 12 and the front door frame 14 are performed based on the information read in the reading processing of step S208.

  In the following step S214, special figure electric power control processing for executing execution control of game times and execution control of the open / close execution mode is executed. In the special view special power control process, when the upper operating opening 62 or the lower operating opening 63 has a win in the situation where the number of the hold information stored in the holding ball storage area 422 is less than the upper limit number, The numerical value information of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 in is stored in the holding sphere storage area 422 in time series as holding information. Further, in the special view special power control process, on the condition that the game is not running or in the opening / closing execution mode and the holding information is stored, it is determined whether the holding information corresponds to a big hit or not. If it corresponds to processing and jackpot winning, distribution determination processing is executed to determine which jackpot result the hold information corresponds to. Further, in the special view special power control process, in addition to the success / failure determination process and the distribution determination process, when the hold information does not correspond to the jackpot win, it is determined whether the hold information corresponds to the reach occurrence. While performing the reach determination process to determine, the selection process of the continuation time which selects the continuation time of a game time is performed using the numerical information of the fluctuation | variation type | mold counter CS in that time. And while transmitting the command for change including the information on the duration according to the result of each of those processing and the type command including the information on the game result to the notification and effect control device 143, the pattern of the main display unit 81 Start variable display. As a result, one game cycle is started, and effects of the game cycle are started on the main display unit 81 and the symbol display device 75.

  Also, in the special view special power control process, it is determined whether or not it is the end timing of the game turn during execution of one game turn, and in the state where the display corresponding to the game result is performed in the end timing. , Execute processing to end the game times. In this case, a final stop command (or a determination command) indicating that the game play should be ended is transmitted to the notification and effect control device 143. Further, in the special view special power control process, when the result of the game play is a result corresponding to the transition to the open / close execution mode, a process for starting the open / close execution mode is executed. At the time of this start, an opening command indicating that the open / close execution mode is started is transmitted to the notification and effect control device 143. Further, in the special view special power control process, a process for starting each round game and a process for ending each round game are executed. At the time of each processing, an open command indicating that a round game is to be started (or that the variable winning device 64 is in an open state) is transmitted to the notification and effect control device 143 and the round game is to be ended (or The close command indicating that the variable winning device 64 is in the closed state is transmitted to the notification and effect control device 143. Further, in the special view special power control process, when ending the open / close execution mode, an ending command indicating that is transmitted to the notification / render effect control device 143, and in order to set the lottery mode or support mode after the open / close execution mode. Execute the process of

  After the special figure special power control process of step S214 is executed in the timer interrupt process, the general view general power control process is executed in step S215. In the common drawing common control control process, when processing for acquiring the holding information on the common drawing side is executed when the winning on the through gate 65 occurs, and the holding information on the common drawing side is stored. Then, the release determination is performed on the hold information, and the release determination is used as a trigger to execute processing for producing effects for the common drawing. Further, based on the result of the open determination, processing of opening and closing the motorized accessory 71 of the lower operation port 63 is executed.

  In the following step S216, based on the processing results of the immediately preceding step S214 and step S215, setting of output information for reflecting the increase / decrease number of the hold information concerning the main display unit 81 on the hold number display unit is performed. The output information for reflecting the increase / decrease number of the hold information concerning the unit 81 on the hold number display unit is set. In step S216, output information for updating the display content of the main display unit 81 is set and the display content of the main display unit 81 is updated based on the processing results of the previous step S214 and step S215. Set the output information for

  In the following step S217, a process for demonstration display is performed to set the display contents of the symbol display device 75 for standby display in a situation where neither the game play nor the open / close execution mode is executed, and in step S218 The contents of the command and the signal received from the payout control device 181 are confirmed, and a payout state reception process for executing a process corresponding to the confirmation result is executed. In step S219, a payout output process for setting a winning ball command as an output target is executed.

  In the subsequent step S220, an external information setting process is performed to control the start and end of output of an external signal according to the process result of various processes executed in the current timer interrupt process. In step S221, a process for editing the test shot information is executed.

  When an affirmation judging is carried out at Step S206, or after processing of Step S207-Step S221 is performed, it progresses to Step S222. In step S222, the setting of the interrupt end declaration is performed. In the main MPU 402, when the timer interrupt process is activated once, setting of the interrupt end declaration is defined as one of the conditions for activating the next timer interrupt process, and in step S222, the next In order to enable execution of timer interrupt processing, the interrupt end declaration is set. In step S223, interrupt permission is set. Once the timer interrupt process is activated, the main MPU 402 is set to a state in which the interrupt is inhibited. Therefore, in step S223, interrupt permission is set to enable execution of the next timer interrupt process. Thereafter, this timer interrupt processing is ended.

<Special figure special power control process>
Next, the special figure special power control process executed in step S214 of the timer interrupt process (FIG. 27) will be described.

  In the special figure special power control process, the process for acquiring the hold information is executed when the upper operating opening 62 or the lower operating opening 63 is winning, and the holding is performed when the holding information is stored. Whether the information is accepted or not is determined, and further, a process for producing effects for the game cycle is executed in response to the determined availability. Further, based on the result of the success or failure determination, the processing to shift to the opening / closing execution mode after the presentation for the game cycle is executed, and the processing in the opening / closing execution mode and the end of the opening / closing execution mode is executed.

  As shown in the flowchart of FIG. 28, first, in step S601, a process of acquiring pending information is executed. In the acquisition process of the holding information, it is determined whether or not the winning at the upper operating opening 62 or the lower operating opening 63 has occurred, and when the winning is occurring, the number of holdings in the holding ball storing area 422 is the upper limit value It is determined whether it is less than ("4" in the present embodiment). When the number of reservations is less than the upper limit value, the number of reservations is increased by 1 and the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 updated in the previous step S202 of the timer interrupt process (FIG. 27). The respective numerical value information of the above are stored in the first holding area among the free holding areas Ra1 to Ra4 and Rb1 to Rb4 of the holding area RE.

  In the case where the upper operating opening 62 and the lower operating opening 63 are winning at the same time, the process for acquiring the suspension information is performed multiple times within the range where the acquisition process of the suspension information is executed once. Run.

  After the process of acquiring the suspension information in step S301, the process proceeds to steps S302 and S303. In step S302 and step S303, a confirmation process for holding notice, which is a process for causing the notification and effect control device 143 and the display control device 170 to recognize that a winning has occurred on the upper operation port 62 or the lower operation port 63, Execute the setting process of the hold command.

  The hold command set in the setting process of the hold command in step S303 is transmitted to the notification and effect control device 143. A detailed description of each process of steps S302 and S303 will be described later.

  In the following step S304, processing for reading out information of the special view special charge counter provided in the RAM 404 is executed, and in step S305, processing for reading out the special view special charge address table from the RPM 403 is executed. Then, in step S306, processing is performed to acquire the start address corresponding to the information of the special figure special charge counter from the special figure special charge address table.

  Here, the processing content of step S304 to step S306 will be described.

  As described above, the special view special power control process includes a process relating to an effect for game circulation and a process relating to the open / close execution mode. In this case, as the processing related to the effects for the game use, the special figure fluctuation start process (step S308), which is a process for starting the effects for the game use, and the processing for promoting the effects for the game use A special figure changing process (step S309) and a special figure determining process (step S310), which is a process for ending the effects for game circulation, are set.

  In addition, as a process related to the open / close execution mode, a special power start process (step S311) which is a process for controlling the opening of the open / close execution mode, and a state for controlling the open state of the winning opening of the variable winning device 64 Special power open processing (step S312) which is processing and special power close processing (step S313) which is processing for controlling the closed state of the big winning opening, ending of the open / close execution mode and ending the open / close execution mode In the special power termination process (step S314), which is a process for controlling the transition of the gaming state, is set.

  In such a processing configuration, the special figure special charge counter is a counter for the main MPU 402 to grasp which of the plurality of types of processing should be executed, and the special figure special charge address table A start address of a program for executing the plurality of types of processing is set in correspondence with the numerical information of the special power counter.

  In this case, the start address SA0 is a start address of a program for executing the special figure change start process (step S308), and the start address SA1 is a program for performing the special figure change in process (step S309). The start address SA2 is a start address of a program for executing the special view determination process (step S310). The start address SA3 is a program for performing a special power start process (step S311). The start address SA4 is a start address of a program for executing the special power release process (step S312), and the start address SA5 is a program for performing the special power close process (step S313). Start address, start address SA6 A start address of a program for executing (step S314).

  The special figure special power counter performs special figure special power control in the next processing cycle when the condition for updating the numerical value information is satisfied when the process corresponding to the currently stored numerical information is finished. One is added, one is subtracted, or "0" is cleared (initialized) corresponding to the process executed in the process. Therefore, in the special figure special power control process in each processing cycle, the process according to the numerical information set in the special figure special power counter may be executed.

  After the process of step S306 is performed, in step S307, a process of jumping to the process indicated by the start address acquired in step S306 is performed. Specifically, when the acquired start address is SA0, the process jumps to the special map change start process of step S308.

  In the special map fluctuation start process, on the condition that the suspension information is stored for suspension, a process of shifting the suspension information to the execution area AE of the suspension ball storage area 422 is executed, and each suspension area Ra1 to Ra4 and Rb1 A process of shifting the data of ~ Rb4 to the upper side (that is, the side of the first areas Ra1 and Rb1) is executed. Thereafter, with regard to the suspension information shifted to the execution area AE, a process of judging whether or not it corresponds to the jackpot win, and in the case of corresponding to the jackpot win, the suspension information corresponds to any jackpot result A distribution determination process is performed to determine whether the distribution is in progress. At the time of the propriety determination processing, it is determined whether the numerical information acquired from the jackpot random number counter C1 in the hold information is the numerical information corresponding to the jackpot winning. Further, in the distribution determination process, it is determined whether the numerical information acquired from the jackpot type counter C2 in the hold information corresponds to any of the jackpot result classifications.

  In addition to the success / failure determination process and the distribution determination process, when the suspension information does not correspond to the big hit, the reach determination process is performed to determine whether the suspension information corresponds to the reach occurrence. Using the numerical information of the fluctuation type counter CS at that time, the processing of selecting the duration to select the duration of the game is executed. In the reach determination process, it is determined whether the numerical information acquired from the reach random number counter C3 in the hold information corresponds to the numerical information of the reach occurrence.

  When the information of the duration is selected, the variable command including the information of the duration and the type command including the information of the game result are transmitted to the notification and effect control device 143, and the symbol of the main display unit 81 is displayed. Start variable display. As a result, one game cycle is started, and effects of the game cycle are started on the main display unit 81 and the symbol display device 75.

  By the way, when the effect for the game circulation is started in this way, the numerical information of the special figure special power counter is incremented by 1, and the numerical information of the counter is selected from those corresponding to the special figure fluctuation start process. Update to the one corresponding to the processing during fluctuation.

  If the acquired start address is SA1, the process jumps to the special figure changing processing of step S309. In the special figure changing process, a process of determining whether or not it is in the continuation time of the game times and before the finalized display is executed, and if it is before the finalized display, the display mode of the pattern in the main display unit 81 Execute the process to change regularly.

  By the way, this special view change is not performed after waiting for the special display change processing until the final display timing is reached, and after the process for regularly changing the above-mentioned regular display is not performed. End the process. Therefore, after the special effects for the game are started, the special figure variation in progress process is activated every time the special figure electric power control process is activated, until the timing for finalizing the display. In addition, when it is time to display fixedly, by adding 1 to the numeric information of the special chart special power counter, it corresponds to the special chart finalization process from the one corresponding to the special chart fluctuation process of the numerical information of the counter. Update to what you

  If the acquired start address is SA2, the process jumps to the processing during special figure determination in step S310. In the special figure finalization process, the final stop command is transmitted to the notification / rendering control device 143 in order to make the final display of the stop result of the current game run on the symbol display device 75, and The display mode is a display mode corresponding to the lottery result of the current game run. Further, in the processing during special figure determination, it is determined whether or not the period during the definite display has elapsed, and when the period has elapsed, it is determined whether or not transition to the open / close execution mode occurs. When transition to the open / close execution mode occurs, processing for the mode transition is executed.

  By the way, instead of waiting in the processing during the special drawing determination until the period during the definite display elapses, the processing during the special drawing determination is ended when the period has not elapsed. Therefore, after the definite display is started, the special figure determination processing is activated every time the special figure electric power control processing is activated until the period during the definite display elapses. In addition, if the transition to the open / close execution mode does not occur when the fixed display period has elapsed, the numeric information of the special figure special power counter is initialized (that is, "0" is cleared), and the transition to the open / close execution mode is performed. In a situation where occurs, the numerical information of the special figure special power counter is incremented by 1, and the numerical information of the counter is updated from the one corresponding to the processing during the special figure determination to the one corresponding to the special power start processing.

  If the acquired start address is SA3, the process jumps to the special power start process of step S311. In the special power start process, an opening command indicating that the open / close execution mode is started is transmitted to the notification and effect control device 143. Also, in the special power start process, it is determined whether or not the opening period of the open / close execution mode has elapsed. If the opening period has not elapsed, the special power start process is terminated instead of waiting in the special power start process. Therefore, after the opening effect in the open / close execution mode is started, the special power start process is activated every time the special electric power control process is activated until the opening period elapses. Also, when the opening period has elapsed, the numerical information of the special electric power special counter is incremented by 1, and the numerical information of the counter is updated from the one corresponding to the special electric power start process to the one corresponding to the special electric power open process. .

  When the acquired start address is SA4, the process jumps to the processing during the release of power in step S312. In the special power open process, it is determined whether a round game of 1 is started and whether or not an end condition of the round game is established. If the termination condition is not satisfied, the process does not stand by in the process of opening the TPC, but after executing the process for monitoring the establishment of the termination condition, the process of the TPC being opened is ended. When the above termination condition is satisfied, the numerical information of the special electric power special counter is added by 1 to change the numerical information of the counter from the one corresponding to the special electric power open process to the one corresponding to the special electric power closed process. Update.

  If the acquired start address is SA5, the process jumps to the processing during the special power closing of step S313. In the special power closed process, a process to end one round game is executed. In addition, in an interval period between round games, it is determined whether an interval period has elapsed. If the interval period has not elapsed, the process is terminated instead of waiting in the process of closing the special power supply, but ending the process of closing the special electric charge. Therefore, when the interval period is started, the special electric power closing process is activated every time the special electric power special control process is activated until the period has elapsed. In addition, when the interval period has elapsed, the numerical information of the special power special counter is decremented by 1, and the numerical information of the counter is updated from the one corresponding to the special electric power closing process to the one corresponding to the special electric power open process. Do.

  On the other hand, after the processing to end one round game is executed in the special electric power closing processing for the last round game, the numerical information of the special electric power special counter is added to one to process the numerical information of the counter to special electric power closing processing. Update to the one corresponding to the special power termination processing from the corresponding one.

  If the acquired start address is SA6, the process jumps to the special power termination process of step S314. In the special power termination process, an ending command indicating that the open / close execution mode is ended is transmitted to the notification / effect control device 143. Further, in the special power termination process, it is determined whether the ending period of the open / close execution mode has elapsed. If the ending period has not elapsed, the special power termination process is ended instead of waiting in the special power termination process. Therefore, after the ending effect in the open / close execution mode is started, the special power termination process is activated every time the special electric power control process is activated until the ending period elapses. In addition, when the ending period has elapsed, after executing processing for setting the gaming state after the open / close execution mode (incidence lottery mode and support mode), by initializing the numerical information of the special figure special charge counter The numerical value information of the counter is updated from the one corresponding to the special power termination processing to the one corresponding to the special drawing fluctuation start processing.

  Next, the variation display mode of the symbols displayed on the symbol display device 75 (display screen 75a) will be described with reference to FIG. Fig.29 (a) is the schematic which shows the kind of change display aspect, FIG.29 (b) group is the schematic which shows the outline | summary of each change display aspect.

  As shown in FIG. 29 (a), the variation display mode of the symbols executed on the display screen 75a of the symbol display device 75 is completely out, normal reach A, normal reach B, super reach A, super reach B, super reach It is divided roughly into five of C. These variation display modes are set so that the variation display time is different, and the summary of the variation display mode for each game is grasped based on the information pertaining to the variation display time given to the command from the main control device 162 It is possible.

  Specifically, "3 sec to 8 sec" (the difference is set according to the number of reservations) for the fluctuation display time of complete removal, "10 sec" for the fluctuation display time of normal reach A, and the fluctuation display time of normal reach B For “15 sec” longer than the fluctuation display time of normal reach A, for fluctuation display time of super reach A “16 sec” longer than fluctuation display time of normal reach A, B, for super reach B fluctuation display time "17 sec" longer than the fluctuation display time of A, the fluctuation display time of Super Reach C is "18 sec" longer than the fluctuation display time of other super reach A and B, and the fluctuation display time becomes longer The jackpot expectation is set to be high. For example, when the information on the variable display time given to the command from the main control device 162 is “15 sec”, the display control device 170 will know that the normal reach B should be executed.

  Here, the variation display mode of the normal reach A and B will be described with reference to FIG. When normal reach A and B are selected, first, fluctuation display (scroll display) of all symbol rows displayed in a stopped state is started, and thereafter, fluctuation display of symbols in symbol row Z1 of the upper row is ended (stop Further, the variation display of symbols is ended (stopped display) in the lower row of symbol row Z3. In this manner, in the state in which the upper and lower symbol rows Z1 and Z3 are stopped and displayed, the main symbol with the same numeral attached to any one of the activated lines is stopped and displayed, thereby forming the reach line. And it becomes reach display by performing change display of symbol row Z2 of a middle stage under the situation where the said reach line is formed. After reaching the reach display, the variable display is ended by stopping and displaying the middle symbol row Z2. Then, it is notified that the jackpot is won by stopping the same symbol as the symbol configuring the reach display on the reach line, and the jackpot is won when the other symbols are stopped on the reach line. It will be informed that it is not done. In this way, the combination of symbols displayed in the final stop state is maintained as it is for a predetermined period. That is, the current game run continues until the stop display period elapses, and the transition to the next game run is permitted when the stop display period elapses.

  In the present embodiment, the difference in fluctuation display time between normal reach A and normal reach B is secured by setting the difference in the fluctuation display time of middle symbol row Z2 after the reach line is formed, but both It is arbitrary about how to set the difference of. For example, it is also possible to secure the difference between the variable display times by setting a difference in time from when the variable display is started to when the reach line is formed.

  Next, based on the above-described variation display modes of normal reach A and B, variation display modes of super reach A, B and C will be described. As shown in FIGS. 29 (b 2) to 29 (b 4), the super reach A, B and C form the reach line described above through the same process as the normal reach A and B. Then, after the reach line is formed, the reach effect is performed by displaying a predetermined character as a moving image along with the variable display of the middle symbol row Z2. Specifically, after the reach line is formed in the super reach A, a character imitating a fairy is displayed in the center of the variable display area of the middle symbol row Z2 (the center of the variable display area ME). After the reach line is formed, a character imitating a boy is displayed at the center of the variable display area of the middle pattern row Z2 (the center of the variable display area ME), and after the reach line is formed in Super Reach C, A character imitating a girl is displayed in the center of the variation display area of the middle symbol row Z2 (the center of the variation display area ME).

<Confirmation processing for pending notice>
Next, the confirmation process for the suspension notice performed in step S302 of the special electric power special figure control process (FIG. 28) will be described with reference to the flow chart of FIG.

  In the confirmation process for the suspension notice, first, in step S401, the suspension information newly acquired in the suspension information acquisition process in step S301 immediately before the special figure special power control process (FIG. 28) is stored in the main MPU 402 Store in register. Thereafter, in steps S402 to S406, it is confirmed whether or not the on-hold information acquired by the current prize contains information on the jackpot winning.

  Specifically, first, at step S402, on the basis of the current winning on the upper operating opening 62 or the lower operating opening 63, information for determining a jackpot among the newly acquired suspension information, ie, the acquired jackpot random number counter C1. Understand the value of

  In the following step S403, it is determined whether or not the low probability mode is set. Specifically, by determining whether the high probability mode flag is stored in the various flag storage areas of the RAM 404, it is determined whether the current lottery mode is the low probability mode. If the mode is the low probability mode, the process proceeds to step S404, and the information for determining the big hit (value of the big hit random number counter C1) determined in step S402 with reference to the pass / fail table for low probability mode is the information corresponding to the big win Identify if it is included in the group. In the case of the high probability mode, the process proceeds to step S405, and it is specified with reference to the above-mentioned success / failure table for the high probability mode whether or not the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 is included in the information set as a jackpot win. Do.

  After step S404 or step S405, the process proceeds to step S406, and it is determined whether the information for determining the big hit (value of the big hit random number counter C1) determined in step S402 corresponds to a big hit. If it is determined that the jackpot is won, the jackpot information is stored in the register of the main MPU 402 in step S407, and the confirmation processing for the notice of the on-hold notification is ended.

  On the other hand, when negative determination is carried out at step S406, it progresses to step S408. In step S408, based on the current winning on the upper actuation opening 62 or the lower actuation opening 63, information for out-of-reach determination among the newly acquired suspension information, that is, the value of the acquired reach random number counter C3 is grasped.

  In the subsequent step S409, the reach determined in step S408 is referred to with reference to the reach determination table (reach determination information group) stored in the reach determination table storage area (reach determination information group storage means) of the RPM 403. It is specified whether information for determination (the value of the reach random number counter C3) is included in the information set as reach winning.

  After the process of step S409 is performed, the process proceeds to step S410, and it is determined whether the information for reach determination (the value of the reach random number counter C3) grasped at step S408 corresponds to the reach occurrence. If it is possible to cope with the reach occurrence, the reach confirmation information is stored in the register of the main MPU 402 in step S411, and then this confirmation processing is ended. On the other hand, when it does not correspond to reach | attainment generation | occurrence | production, this confirmation process is complete | finished as it is.

<Pending command setting process>
Next, the setting process of the hold command will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  In the setting process of the hold command, first, in step S501, it is determined whether or not the big hit information is stored in the register of the main MPU 402, and the special notice for the special display special power control process (FIG. 28) It is determined in the confirmation process (FIG. 30) whether or not the information for determining the jackpot has been identified as corresponding to the jackpot winning. If the jackpot information is stored, the process advances to step S502 to set a jackpot handling hold command. The setting of the command and the setting of various commands described later are performed by storing command information in a command setting area provided in the RAM 404.

  On the other hand, if the negative determination is made in step S501, that is, if it is determined that the big hit information is not stored in the register of the main MPU 402, the process proceeds to step S503, whether reach generation information is stored in the register of the main MPU 402 Whether the information for reach determination has been identified as corresponding to the reach occurrence in the confirmation process (FIG. 30) for the previous notice for suspension notification in the special figure electric power control process (FIG. 28) by determining whether or not Determine if If the reach occurrence information is stored, an off-reach response hold command is set in step S504, and if no reach occurrence information is stored, a complete-off response hold command is set in step S505.

  When setting the hold command in steps S502, S504, and S505, the fluctuation display time is determined with reference to the stored value of the big hit type counter C2, the value of the fluctuation type counter CS, etc., and the fluctuation display is performed. Information on time is stored in the pending command. When determining the variable display time, the variable display time table is referred to. The hold command set in this manner is transmitted to the display control device 170, and the display control device 170 can grasp the fluctuation display mode and the like of the symbol based on the hold command.

  After the command setting process of any one of step S502, step S504, and step S505 is performed, in step S506, a process of setting information on the number of pending requests in relation to the pending command is executed. As such processing, specifically, the information of the set suspension command is configured as information of a plurality of bytes, and information indicating that itself is the suspension command or a suspension command for some of the bits In addition to information on the type of, information on the number of pending can be set. In this case, in step S506, first, the information on the number of pending items stored in the register of the main MPU 402 in step S401 in the confirmation process (FIG. 30) for the immediately preceding pending notice is read, and thereafter, pending already set. Information on the read pending number is stored in a bit for information on the pending number in the command by operation processing such as logical sum. Thus, with respect to the hold command set in any of the processes in step S502, step S504, and step S505, information for specifying the number of the hold information corresponding to the hold command. Will be included. After the process of step S506 described in detail above is performed, the pending command setting process is ended.

  Note that the hold command including the information on the hold number in step S506 is transmitted to the notification and effect control device 143. The notification and effect control device 143 specifies that the hold information has increased by receiving the hold command. In addition, the notification and effect control device 143 transmits the hold command to the display control device 170 while maintaining the form. The display control device 170 executes processing for image data preparation and the like based on the received hold command. The preparation process will be described in detail later.

  In addition, how to set the hold command is whether or not the jackpot is won by the hold command in the display control device 170, the jackpot type in the case of the jackpot win, the presence or absence of reach in the case of not being the jackpot win, in other words It is optional as long as it can specify the variation display mode of the symbol. For example, the combination of the jackpot response hold command, the outreach reach hold command, and the completely outset hold command is individually set corresponding to each hold number, and in the hold command setting process, the confirmation process for hold notification ( It is also possible to select one hold command according to the confirmation result in FIG.

<Payout status reception process>
Next, the payout state reception process executed in step S218 of the timer interrupt process (FIG. 27) will be described.

  Here, the payout control device 181 periodically executes a payout state detection process as shown in the flowchart of FIG. 32 (for example, a cycle of 2 msec), and executes a process corresponding to reception of various commands in the process. Do. Here, first, the payout state detection process by the payout control device 181 will be described, and then the payout state reception process by the main control device 162 will be described.

  In the payout state detection process, first, at step S601, it is determined whether or not the completion state of the winning ball is detected. Specifically, it is confirmed that the gaming ball corresponding to the winning ball number of the winning ball command received from the main control device 162 has been paid out from the payout device 222 (the payout has been completed). Note that the payout device 222 is provided with a payout detection sensor that individually detects the game balls sent to the downstream side, and confirms that the payout has been completed based on the output result of the payout detection sensor. .

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S601, a payout motor abnormality command is stored in the transmission data storage unit in step S602 to be set as an output target. If a negative determination is made in step S601 or after execution of step S602, it is determined in step S603 whether or not the lower-plate full state is detected. Specifically, by detecting the output result of the fullness detection sensor 280, detection of the fullness of the lower tray 34 is performed. When the number of gaming balls stored in the lower tray 34 (and the lower horizontal passage 286 of the lower door passage 273 on the front door side) is smaller than a predetermined number, the full detection sensor 280 responds to the non detection. The winning detection signal of the level is output, and when it is a predetermined number or more, the winning detection signal of the HI level corresponding to the detection is output. If the detection signal changes from the LOW level to the HI level and the detection signal at the HI level is detected for a plurality of processing times thereafter, it is determined that the lower-plate is full.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S603, the lower-level full command is stored in the transmission data storage unit in step S604 to set it as an output target. If a negative determination is made in step S603, or after execution of step S604, it is determined in step S605 whether an abnormal end state is detected. Specifically, from the state in which any one state of the dispensing motor abnormality state and the bottom plate full state described above is detected, the state is not detected, and the above states are detected over a plurality of processing times. If not, it is determined that an abnormal end state is present.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S605, the abnormal end command is stored in the transmission data storage unit in step S606 to set it as an output target. When a negative determination is made in step S605 or after execution of step S606, the present payout state detection process is ended.

  Here, in the pachinko machine 10, the power from the power supply and emission control device 191 is supplied to the RAM 404 of the main control device 162, but is not supplied to the RWM of the payout control device 181. With this configuration, the capacity of the power supply and emission control device 191 can be reduced, and the cost of the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced accordingly.

  However, in the configuration, when the power supply from the external power source to the pachinko machine 10 is stopped, all the information stored in the RWM of the payout control device 181 is erased (destructed). In this case, if all the information on the number of unpaid prize balls is stored in the RWM of the payout control device 181 as in a conventional pachinko machine, the pachinko machine 10 can not receive the number of unpaid prize balls. When the power supply is stopped, all the unpaid prize balls are erased without being paid out. If this is done, it will cause a great disadvantage to the player.

  On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10, the prize ball information not yet paid out is basically stored in the RAM 404, and the main MPU 402 controls the payout control when the payout permission signal of the HI level is received from the payout control device 181. Send a winning ball command to the device 181. Then, in the payout control device 181, the information on the number of winning balls stored in the RWM of the payout control device 181 is, at most, the maximum winning number of balls for one winning (15 winning balls) and permission criteria described later The timing at which the payout enabling signal is switched between the HI level and the LOW level is set so as to be the sum of the number and the number. The permission reference number is equal to or less than the minimum number of winning balls for one winning. As a result, even if the power supply to the pachinko machine 10 is stopped in a situation where a large number of unpaid award balls remain, it is possible to minimize the number of award balls erased at that time. That is, the payout permission signal is information output from the payout control device 181 to the main MPU 402 in order to specify the output timing of the award ball command in the main MPU 402.

  In the payout state reception process, based on the information received from the payout control device 181 including the payout permission signal, it is determined whether or not the prize ball command can be output to the payout control device 181. Make settings for

  Now, in the payout state reception process executed by the main controller 162, as shown in the flowchart of FIG. 33, first, in step S701, it is determined whether or not the lower tray full command is received from the payout controller 181. . The lower bowl full command is, as already described, transmitted from the payout control device 181 when the full tray sensor 34 detects a full state of the lower tray 34, and corresponds to a payout abnormal command.

  If the tank ball absence command has been received, processing for dispensing abnormality is executed in step S702. As the process for dispensing abnormality, “1” is set to the dispensing abnormality flag provided in the RAM 404 to set the dispensing abnormality state. In addition, the lower plate full command is transmitted to the notification and effect control device 143 which is the control device on the sub side as a payout abnormal command. In this case, in the notification and effect control device 143, the payout abnormality notification is executed by the lamp portions 26 to 28 and the speaker portions 29 and 30, triggered by the reception of the payout abnormality command. The payout abnormality notification may be performed by the symbol display device 75.

  If a negative determination is made in step S701, or after the process of step S702 has been performed, it is determined in step S703 whether or not an abnormal termination command has been received from the payout control device 181. The abnormal termination command is transmitted from the payout control device 181 when the predetermined abnormality regarding the payout of the gaming ball is released, as described above. If an abnormal termination command has been received, processing for abnormal termination is executed in step S704. Specifically, the payout abnormality state is canceled by clearing the payout abnormality flag of the RAM 404 to “0”.

  In the configuration in which the payout abnormality command is transmitted as the processing for payout abnormality as described above, the payout abnormality cancellation command is transmitted to the notification and effect control device 143 as the processing for abnormal termination. In this case, the notification and effect control device 143 ends the payout abnormality notification that has already been executed.

  If a negative determination is made in step S703, or after the process of step S704 has been performed, it is determined in step S705 whether a prize ball completion command has been received from the payout control device 181 or not. The prize ball completion command is transmitted from the payout control device 181 when the prize ball is completed, as described above, and includes information on the number of completed prize balls.

  If the award ball completion command has not been received, the main payout state reception process is ended. If the award ball completion command has been received, the external output process of the number of award balls is executed in step S706, The main payout state reception process is ended. In the external output process of the number of winning balls, a process for performing an external output to cause the management computer of the gaming hall to recognize information on the number of winning balls completed this time is executed.

  The prize ball completion command may not be transmitted from the payout control device 181. Further, in the configuration, the payout control device 181 is also electrically connected to the external terminal board 213, and the external output of the information on the completion of the winning balls and the number of the winning balls is paid out without passing through the main MPU 402. It may be configured to be executed by the control device 181.

<Sound output control processing by effect control device 143>
The notification and effect control device 143 forcibly shifts the restricting member 363 to the closed state in accordance with the drive of the restricting drive portion 366 so that the game ball to the sound passage 333 is more released than the sound from the horn area 371. It is possible to give priority to spill control. In addition, the forced transition of the regulating member 363 to the closed state also positively limits the emission of the sound from the horn area 371, and the notification and effect control device 143 makes the sound emission limitation. It has become possible to use it for production as a restriction production.

  Here, the notification and effect control process executed by the notification / effect control device 143 will be described with reference to the flowcharts of FIGS. 34 and 35.

  In FIG. 34, in step S801, a pending command handling process for handling the pending command output from the main control device 162 is performed. The pending command handling process will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. The hold command handling process corresponds to the hold command among the command handling processes executed by the notification and effect control device 143 when the main controller 162 transmits the command to the notification and effect control device 143. It is.

  In the hold command handling process, first, in step S901, it is determined whether or not the jackpot handling command has been received. Here, the sub-MPU 432 of the notification and effect control device 143 receives a command from the main control device 162, but the received command is temporarily stored in the command storage area of the RAM 434. The command storage area is configured as a ring buffer capable of storing a plurality of commands individually and readable from previously stored commands, and even when a plurality of commands are received at the same time, each of them is The processing corresponding to the command can be performed well. At the time of determination in step S901, it is determined whether or not the big hit correspondence hold command has been received in the area to be read this time in the command storage area. The configuration for reading out such a command is the same for reading out the following commands.

  If the jackpot handling pending command has been received, the information on the pending count included in the command received this time is specified in step S 902, and the information on the specified pending count is stored in the various counter areas of the RAM 434. Set to the erase counter. The information on the number of pending items set in the deletion counter is updated so as to be decremented by one each time a game is newly started, as described later.

  After setting the erasure counter in step S902, the jackpot handling setting process is executed in steps S903 to S907.

  In the jackpot handling setting process, first, at step S903, it is determined whether the pending command received this time corresponds to any of the super reach A to C or not. In this embodiment, a plurality of variation display modes of symbols are set so that the jackpot expectation degree of jackpot is different, and a configuration is adopted in which the jackpot expectation degree of the jackpot in the game is notified by each variation display mode. However, in the step S903, it is determined whether or not the hold command corresponds to the super reach A to C with reference to the variable display pattern storage area of the ROM 433.

  If a negative determination is made in step S903, the present setting process is ended as it is. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S903, that is, if there is any information corresponding to super reach A to C in the hold information, the process proceeds to step S904. In step S904, the table for lottery processing of the jackpot-corresponding sound restriction effect stored in the lottery table storage area of the ROM 433 is referred to, and in the subsequent step S905, the lottery processing of whether to execute the sound restriction effect is executed .

  Specifically, the value of the lottery counter for the sound restriction effect is read out from the lottery counter of the RAM 434, and the lottery table (sound restriction effect lottery information group) for the sound restriction effect stored in the ROM 433 is referred to. It is determined whether the value of the lottery counter read out above corresponds to the winning result. The value of the lottery counter is configured to be updated (one increment) every cycle of about 2 msec each time the hold command handling process is activated.

  After the process of step S905 is performed, the process proceeds to step S906, and it is determined whether or not the sound restriction effect is won. If a negative determination is made in step S906, the present setting process is ended as it is. On the other hand, when an affirmative determination is made in step S906, the process proceeds to step S907, and a sound restriction effect flag is set. The sound restriction effect flag is a flag set in the various flag storage areas of the RAM 434. By being set, it indicates that sound restriction effect is to be performed in the case where the jackpot correspondence hold command is received (jump hit). It is a thing.

  After the process of step S 907 is performed, the process proceeds to step S 908, and the jackpot information storage area of the RAM 434 (specifically, the youngest area among the first area to the eighth area where the hold information is not stored) The on-hold information to be set (specifically, the information related to the availability of the sound restriction effect) is set, and the on-hold command handling process is ended.

  Here, the configuration of the hold information storage area will be supplementarily described. The hold information storage area has the first to eighth areas as described above, and is configured to be able to store one piece of hold information for each area. The hold information stored in the first to eighth areas is sequentially shifted to the lower area side by receiving a shift command from the main control device 162, that is, when the game play is started. . Specifically, the data of the first area is cleared, and the conditions such as the second area → the first area, the third area → the second area, the fourth area → the third area ... the eighth area → the seventh area The data in each area is shifted to. In the holding ball storage area of the main control device 162, the upper operation opening storage area and the lower operation opening storage area are provided separately, but in the holding information storage area of the notification and effect control device 143 The hold information is collectively stored in time series regardless of the place of entry.

  Returning to the description of step S901 again, if it is determined in step S901 that the big hit correspondence hold command has not been received, the process proceeds to step S909. In step S909, it is determined whether or not an outreach reach hold command has been received.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S909, that is, if it is determined that an outreach reach hold command has been received, outreach reach setting processing is executed in steps S910 to S914.

  In the out-of-reach reach setting process, first, in step S 910, it is determined whether the hold command received this time corresponds to any of the super reach A to C or not. In this embodiment, a plurality of variation display modes of symbols are set so that the jackpot expectation degree of jackpot is different, and a configuration is adopted in which the jackpot expectation degree of the jackpot in the game is notified by each variation display mode. However, in step S 910, it is determined whether or not the hold command corresponds to super reach A to C with reference to the variable display pattern storage area of the ROM 433.

  If a negative determination is made in step S910, the present setting process is ended as it is. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S910, that is, if there is any of the hold information corresponding to the super reach A to C, the process proceeds to step S911. In step S911, the lottery process table for the out-of-order sound restriction effect stored in the lottery table storage area of the ROM 433 is referred to, and in the subsequent step S912, the lottery process whether to execute the sound restriction effect described above is executed. Do.

  Specifically, the value of the lottery counter for the sound restriction effect is read out from the lottery counter of the RAM 434, and the value of the above-mentioned lottery counter for reading is referred to with reference to the table for the lottery for sound restriction effect stored in the ROM 433. It is determined whether or not it corresponds to the winning result. The value of the lottery counter is configured to be updated (one increment) every cycle of about 2 msec each time the hold command handling process is activated.

  After the process of step S912 is performed, the process proceeds to step S913, and it is determined whether the sound restriction effect is won. If a negative determination is made in step S913, the present setting process is ended as it is. On the other hand, when an affirmative determination is made in step S913, the process proceeds to step S914, and a sound restriction effect flag is set. The sound restriction effect flag is a flag set in the various flag storage areas of the RAM 434, and since it is set, the sound restriction effect is to be performed in the case where the out-of-reach response hold command is received (out-reach). It is shown.

  After the process of step S914 is executed, the process proceeds to step S908, where the pending information storage area of the RAM 434 (specifically, the youngest area among the first area to the eighth area where the pending information is not stored) The on-hold information to be set (specifically, the information related to the availability of the sound restriction effect) is set, and the on-hold command handling process ends.

  In the on-hold command handling process described above, it is determined whether or not to execute the sound restriction effect with reference to the on-hold command, and the result is stored in the on-hold information storage area.

  The notification and effect control device 143 is configured to specify an effect aspect such as an aspect of the fluctuation display again when the fluctuation start command is received from the main control device 162. At this time, it is specified whether or not to perform the sound restriction effect with reference to the area corresponding to the change start command in the hold information storage area. In other words, the availability of the sound restriction effect is specified when receiving the hold command before the change start command is received, and when the change start command is received, the specified result is simply referred to. There is no chance to make a lottery for the sound restriction effect again.

  Returning to the explanation of FIG. 34, after performing the pending command corresponding process of step S801, the process proceeds to step S802 to determine whether the lower tray 34 is full. Here, it is determined whether or not the lower tray full command is received from the main control device 162, and when it is received, it is determined that the lower tray 34 is full.

  If the lower tray 34 is full, the process proceeds to step S 803 to perform closing processing to shift the sound passage 333 to the closed state. In this process, by driving the restriction drive unit 366, the restriction member 363 is forcibly shifted to the closed state. As a result, the horn area 371 is divided by the restriction member 363 into the sound passage 333 side and the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 side.

  In the closing process of the sound passage 333, when the regulating member 363 is already in the closed state, the closed state is maintained as it is by not driving the regulating drive portion 366. In this case, the closing process of the sound passage 333 corresponds to holding means for holding the sound passage 333 in a closed state.

  Here, when the gaming ball is stacked on the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 with the lower tray 34 being full, the stacked gaming balls are transferred from the lower tray passage hole 344 to the sound passage 333. There is a concern that it may intrude, and the restriction member 363 can not get caught in the stacked gaming balls and shift to the closed state. On the other hand, in the front door side lower tray passage portion 273, the fullness detection sensor 280 is disposed at a position separated downstream from the lower tray passage hole 344. The control member 363 can be forced to shift to the closed state at a timing before reaching 344. As a result, it is surely restricted that the gaming ball intrudes into the sound passage 333 through the lower plate passage hole 344. it can.

  If the lower tray 34 is not full, the process proceeds to step S804 to determine whether the gaming state is in the open / close execution mode. If it is in the open / close execution mode, the process proceeds to step S 803, and the sound passage 333 is closed.

  Here, when the gaming state is in the open / close execution mode, a large number of winnings on the variable winning device 64 occur, whereby a large number of gaming balls paid out from the payout device 222 are intermittently interrupted on the front door side lower tray passage portion Flow 273 down. In this case, the opening / closing speed of the restriction member 363 when the restriction ball 363 is opened and closed with the flow of the game ball does not catch up with the intermittent flow of many game balls, and the game ball is caught on the restriction member 363 and a ball jam occurs. It can not be said that there is no such possibility. On the other hand, when the gaming state shifts to the open / close execution mode, the control member 363 is forcibly shifted to the closed state even if the lower tray 34 is not full, thereby lowering the front door side. It is possible to eliminate the cause of the occurrence of the ball clogging in the countersunk passage part 273 itself.

  If the lower tray 34 is not full and the gaming state is not the open / close execution mode (NO at step S804), it is determined at step S805 whether a sound restriction effect flag is set, and step S806 It is determined whether or not any of the super reach A to C is being executed as a super reach effect. If the sound restriction effect flag is set and the super reach effect is being performed, the process proceeds to step S803. Even when the super reach effect is being performed, the sound limit effect is not performed unless the sound limit effect flag corresponding to the super reach effect is set.

  In step S803, the sound passage 333 is closed. In the super reach effect, the sound restriction effect processing is performed by performing the closing processing of the sound passage 333. Here, when the super reach effect is being performed, the presence or absence of the sound emitted to the lower plate 34 through the horn area 371 causes the presence or absence of the sound emitted to the lower plate 34. Can increase the expectation of winning a jackpot. In particular, in the present embodiment, when the lower tray 34 is not full, sounds are emitted to the lower tray 34 in effects other than the super reach effect. Therefore, when the sound limit effect is performed in accordance with the super reach effect, the release of the sound to the lower plate 34 is restricted, and the difference with other effects is secured, and the expectation of winning to the jackpot is achieved. Can be enhanced.

  In the state where the sound restriction effect flag is set, if the super reach effect is not being performed (NO in step S806), the process proceeds to step S807, and it is determined whether the sound restriction effect is ended. Here, it is determined whether or not the super reach effect corresponding to the sound restriction effect flag has been executed, and even if the sound restriction effect flag is set, the super reach effect corresponding to the sound effect restriction flag is not yet executed. In this case, it is assumed that the sound restriction effect has not ended.

  If the sound restriction effect is ended, that is, if the super reach effect corresponding to the sound restriction effect flag is ended, the process proceeds to step S808. In step S 808, the sound restriction effect flag corresponding to the completed sound restriction effect is cleared. As a result, after the sound restriction effect is finished, there is no inconvenience that the sound restriction effect is executed even though the lottery for the sound restriction effect is not won in the super reach effect to be performed next.

  If the lower tray 34 is not full, the gaming state is not the open / close execution mode, and the sound restriction effect flag is not set (NO at step S805), the process proceeds to step S809 to open the sound passage 333 Perform release processing. In this process, when the restricting member 363 is held in the closed state by the restricting drive portion 366, the restricting member 363 is shifted to the fully open state by driving the restricting drive portion 366, whereby the sound passage 333 is opened. Move to the open state. On the other hand, when the restricting member 363 is already in the fully open state, the sound passage 333 is held in the open state as it is by not driving the restricting drive portion 366. Note that the opening process of the sound passage 333 is performed, so that the restricting member 363 is openable / closable in order to shift from the fully open state to the non-fully open state as the game ball flows down.

  According to the embodiment described above, the following excellent effects can be obtained.

<About the enclosure 331>
Since the back side of the lower speaker 30a is housed in the enclosure 331, it can be suppressed that the output sound from the back side of the lower speaker 30a cancels the output sound from the front side of the lower speaker 30a. For this reason, it can suppress that the volume of a bass region becomes small about the sound output from lower side speaker 30a. Moreover, since the enclosure 331 has the front door side lower tray passage portion 273, the enclosure 331 can be miniaturized as compared with the configuration in which the entire enclosure 331 is formed by the exclusive space. This makes it possible to properly arrange the enclosure 331 in the narrow space inside the pachinko machine 10.

  Since the lower speaker 30a has the diaphragm 30b, for example, a vibrator is attached to the front door side passage forming portion 276 so that the front door side passage forming portion 276 is used as an external diaphragm. However, the game ball existing in the front door side passage forming portion 276 does not disturb the vibration of the diaphragm 30b. For this reason, it can suppress that the sound quality of the sound output from the lower side speaker 30a falls by a game ball. In addition, by using the dynamic type speaker unit as the lower speaker 30a, the cost burden can be reduced, for example, as compared with a configuration in which a speaker having a vibrator is used as the lower speaker 30a.

  In the enclosure 331, since the output sound from the rear side of the lower speaker 30a is emitted through the horn area 371, the bass range of the output sound is easily amplified. Therefore, with regard to the output sound from the rear side of the lower speaker 30a, the volume of the low tone range that tends to be insufficient can be increased by the horn area 371. In particular, in the front door side lower plate passage 273, the cross-sectional area of the portion forming the horn area 371 gradually increases toward the first ball inlet 34a, creating an environment in which the gaming balls are easy to flow down The ball is less likely to clog.

  Further, in the front door side lower plate passage portion 273, the cross-sectional area is larger toward the downstream side, so the storage amount of gaming balls is larger toward the downstream side, and the lower plate 34 becomes full. However, a configuration can be realized in which the stacked gaming balls do not easily reach the payout device 222. When the stacked gaming balls reach the payout device 222, the rotary member 222e does not rotate even though the drive current is flowing to the payout motor of the payout device 222, and an error occurs in the payout device 222. There is a concern that

  Since the horn area 371 is bent, middle to high sound of the output sound from the back side of the lower speaker 30a is easily attenuated. For this reason, it is possible to make the bass range stand out with respect to the sound emitted from the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 to the lower tray 34. That is, the horn area 371 can exhibit a function as a back load horn.

  The front door side lower plate passage 273 has a bent shape to reduce the speed of the game ball flowing down, and the bent portions (intermediate bent portion 304 and downstream bent portion 305) are used to reduce middle and high noises. Will also be available. Further, in the front door side lower tray passage portion 273, since the horizontal passage portions 284, 286 and the vertical passage portion 285 extend linearly, the game ball can be accelerated to some extent by the straight portions. As a result, even if the front door side lower tray passage 273 is bent, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of ball clogging in the front door side lower tray passage 273 due to the flow velocity of the game ball extremely decreasing. .

  In the horn area 371, since the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 and the air chamber 332 are connected by the sound passage 333, the degree of freedom regarding the relative position of the air chamber 332 to the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 is enhanced. be able to. Further, when constructing the back load horn, the sound passage 333 can solve the situation where the length dimension of the horn area 371 is insufficient only with the lower door channel portion 273 on the front door side. That is, the horn region 371 can be set to an appropriate length dimension by the sound passage 333 without changing the length dimension of the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 or the installation position of the lower tray passage hole 344.

  At the first ball inlet 34a of the horn area 371, since the cross-sectional area is exponentially increased toward the lower plate 34, the sound emitted from the horn area 371 can easily advance toward the front of the pachinko machine ing. That is, it is possible to give directivity to the sound emitted from the horn area 371. In this case, it is difficult for the sound emitted from the horn area 371 to diffuse in the vertical and horizontal directions along the back wall portion 243 of the lower plate 34, so that the player can hear the sound with an appropriate volume. ing.

  Since the restriction member 363 is provided for the lower tray passage hole 344, the restriction member 363 can restrict the game ball from flowing from the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 to the sound passage 333. As a result, it is possible to suppress the situation where the gaming balls flowing down the front door side lower tray passage 273 are not properly discharged to the lower tray 34. Here, when the gaming ball flows out from the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 to the sound passage 333, the game ball becomes an obstacle and the sound becomes difficult to be transmitted from the sound passage 333 to the front door side lower tray passage portion 273. And the sound quality may be degraded. For this reason, restricting the outflow of the gaming balls from the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 to the sound passage 333 by the restricting member 363 means that the output sound from the back side of the lower speaker 30a is the front door side lower tray passage portion It is also effective in releasing properly from 273.

  Since the front door side passage unit 45 includes the front door side lower plate passage 273, the sound passage 333 and the air chamber 332, the front door side lower plate passage 273, the sound passage 333 and the air chamber 332 There is no need to perform the cumbersome task of individually mounting the frame 14. In addition, by mounting the enclosure 331 in the pachinko machine 10 in a state of being manufactured in advance, the boundary portion between the front door lower countersink portion 273 and the sound path 333 and the boundary between the sound path 333 and the air chamber 332 in the enclosure 331 It is possible to suppress the occurrence of sound leakage from the unit.

  Since the speaker opening 336 is provided in the front door side passage unit 45, the lower speaker 30a is attached to the base frame 231 of the front door frame 14, and then the rear portion of the lower speaker 30a is attached to the air chamber 332. The front door side passage unit 45 can be fixed to the base frame 231 while being inserted into the base frame 231. In this case, since the lower speaker 30a and the front door side passage unit 45 can be individually fixed to the base frame 231, the front door side passage with respect to the base frame 231 is vibrated by the vibration of the diaphragm 30b of the lower speaker 30a. It can be suppressed that the fixed state of the unit 45 becomes unstable.

  In the front door side passage unit 45, the air chamber 332 is disposed at a position not aligned with the front door side lower countersink passage portion 273 in the front and rear direction, so the thickness dimension of the front door side passage unit 45 can be reduced. Moreover, the air chamber 332 is disposed on the lower side of the front door lower plate passage 273, so that the installation structure of the ball passage 118 and the ball receiving passage 289 on the upper side of the front door passage forming portion 276 is complicated. Can be suppressed. Therefore, the upper space of the front door side passage forming portion 276 can be used as a collection space for the game balls, while the lower space can be used as an installation space of the air chamber 332, not as a dead space.

  Since the air chamber 332 is disposed below the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284 to the side of the vertical passage portion 285, the lower countersink passage hole 344 can be disposed on the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion 285. In this case, compared to the configuration in which the lower tray passage hole 344 is disposed, for example, in the floor portion of the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284, the configuration in which the game balls are less likely to flow out from the lower tray passage hole 344 can be realized. Further, in the configuration in which the lower tray passage hole 344 is disposed in the floor portion of the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284, even if the lower tray passage hole 344 is a small hole, the gaming ball is caught by the small hole and the flow of the gaming ball Would be inhibited.

<Restriction of sound emission from the lower door passage 273 on the front door side>
In the lower speaker 30a, since the sound is output by the vibration of the diaphragm 30b, the opening degree of the restricting member 363 with respect to the lower countersink passage hole 344 is made smaller, whereby Sound emission can be limited. For this reason, the opening degree of the restricting member 363 decreases with the flow of the game ball, or the restricting member 363 is forcibly shifted to the closed state by the drive of the restricting drive portion 366, whereby the front door side lower countersink passage The degree of freedom can be enhanced with regard to the manner of sound emission from the part 273.

  Since the restriction member 363 is pushed by the game ball flowing down, the degree of opening of the restriction member 363 with respect to the lower plate passage hole 344 is reduced, so that the front door from the lower plate passage hole 344 is utilized by utilizing the flow of the game ball. It is possible to regulate the capture of the sound to the side lower plate passage 273. That is, it is possible to change the sound release mode from the front door side lower tray passage 273 by utilizing the flow of the game balls. In this case, the sound emitted from the front door lower tray passage 273 can enhance the rendering effect, and the player can lower the lower tray 34 from the front door lower tray passage 273 without visually recognizing the lower tray 34. At 34, it can be detected that the game ball has been discharged.

  When the gaming ball passes the regulating member 363, the opening degree of the regulating member 363 with respect to the lower plate passage hole 344 becomes large, so that the sound emission from the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 is restricted with the flow of the gaming ball. Period can be extremely shortened. As a result, since the sound release mode from the front door side lower tray passage 273 changes in accordance with the number of gaming balls flowing down the front door lower plate passage 273, the effect of the sound is further enhanced. Can.

  Since the restricting member 363 is pivotally supported by the base plates 274a and 274b, for example, the game ball flowing down pushes the restricting member 363 as compared with the configuration in which the restricting member 363 is provided slidably. The configuration can be easily realized. In addition, the control member 363 is capable of both closing the lower plate passage hole 344 and dividing the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 into the upstream side and the downstream side simply by rotating. . When the restricting member 363 is in the partitioned state, it is restricted by the restricting member 363 that the sound taken in from the lower plate passage hole 344 to the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 is restricted by the restricting member 363. The sound emission efficiency from the lower tray passage 273 can be enhanced.

  Since the lower tray passage hole 344 is provided to the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion 285, the gaming ball passes the regulating member 363 as long as the opening degree of the regulating member 363 to the lower tray passage hole 344 becomes small. It will flow downstream. Therefore, even if the restricting member 363 is configured to close with the flow of the game ball, the restricting member 363 does not completely close the lower plate passage hole 344 so that the amount of sound captured is reduced. Sound capture through the lower tray passage hole 344 is continued. That is, even if the volume of the emitted sound decreases, the emission of the sound from the lower door passage portion 273 on the front door side is continued. Therefore, even if the player feels a sense of incongruity with the interruption of the sound due to the flow of the game ball, the incongruity can be made as small as possible.

  On the other hand, for example, in the configuration in which the lower tray passage hole 344 is provided with respect to the floor portion of the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284, the game ball passes to prevent the gaming ball from being caught in the lower tray passage hole 344. Accordingly, the restriction member 363 needs to completely close the lower countersink hole 344. In this case, the release of the sound from the front door side lower tray passage 273 is stopped, and there is a concern that the player may feel discomfort.

  Since the state transition of the restricting member 363 is forcibly performed by the notification and effect control device 143, the fully open state and the non-full open state (including the closed state) of the restricting member 363 can be appropriately used properly. That is, the state where the discharge from the front door side lower tray passage 273 is not restricted and the state where the discharge is restricted can be properly used at an arbitrary timing. Thus, the sound restriction effect can be performed by forcibly shifting the restriction member 363 to the closed state.

  When a lottery for sound restriction effect is won, if the state is a super reach effect, the restriction member 363 is switched to the closed state so that the sound restriction effect is performed. The degree of expectation for display can be differentiated between when the sound restriction effect is performed and when it is not performed. As a result, it is possible to further increase the degree of expectation of super reach effect having a particularly high degree of expectation among reach effects.

<About the partitioning state of the regulating member 363>
Since the restriction member 363 can be shifted to the partitioning state, in addition to the sound taken in from the lower tray passage hole 344 to the lower door passage portion 273 on the front door side being diffused to the upstream side, an illegal jig such as a wire is It can also be regulated by the regulating member 363 to be inserted deep into the front door side lower tray passage 273. For this reason, while the discharge efficiency of the sound from the front door side lower tray passage 273 is improved, the gaming ball is illegally dispensed from the payout device 222 by the illegitimate jig inserted into the front door side lower tray passage 273. It can control that.

  The restriction member 363 can shift to the flow-down permission state, so that the game ball can flow downstream through the restriction member 363. Therefore, the restriction member 363 can suppress the occurrence of the ball clogging. Thus, the game balls are properly discharged from the front door side lower plate passage 273 to the lower plate 34 even if the unauthorized member can be restricted by the restricting member 363 from entering into the front door side lower plate passage 273. can do.

  Since the restricting member 363 performs a closing operation by being pushed by the game ball which has flowed down, the game ball is at the partition position of the restricting member 363 after the restricting member 363 performs the closing operation (the horn area 371 and the non-horn area 372 There is no time lag before reaching the boundary of For this reason, it is possible to suppress an injustice in which an unauthorized jig is made to penetrate deeper than the regulating member 363 in accordance with the flow-down timing of the game ball. In addition, since the regulating member 363 returns to the partitioning state at the timing when the pressing by the game ball is released, the period in which the regulating effect on the intrusion of the unauthorized jig is reduced can be extremely shortened.

  Since the restricting member 363 does not perform any further opening operation from the partitioned state (full open state), a suspicious person is forced to open the restricting member 363 toward the upstream side using an illegal jig. Also, the illegal jig can not break through the regulating member 363. In particular, since the restricting member 363 is held in the partitioned state by the rotation tip of the restriction member 363 being caught by the rotation stopper 365, for example, the rotation base end side of the restriction member 363 is hooked to the rotation stopper 365. The strength of holding the regulating member 363 in the partitioned state can be increased. That is, it is possible to make the reaction force against the force of the control member 363 being forcibly pushed open toward the upstream side by the unjustified jig extremely high.

  When the restricting member 363 is in the partitioned state, the lower plate passage hole 344 is opened, so that the restricting member 363 can guide the invading jig into the lower plate passage hole 344. That is, it is possible to guide the incorrect jig from the front door side lower tray passage 273 to the outside. As a result, it is possible to prevent the unauthorized jig from intruding deep into the front door lower tray passage 273.

  Since the restricting member 363 forms the same plane as the inner peripheral surface of the lower plate passage hole 344 in the partitioned state, even if the illegal jig reaches the restricting member 363, the illegal jig is restricted It can be guided to the lower countersink hole 344 along the plate surface of the member 363. In this case, unlike the case where the restricting member 363 is disposed at a position separated upstream from the lower plate passage hole 344 in the front door side lower plate passage portion 273, the suspicious person takes the front door side lower plate passage portion 273. Can not even grasp the direction in which the lower plate passage hole 344 extends upstream. Moreover, since the lower surface of the regulation member 363 forms the same plane as the ceiling surface of the sound passage 333 (third passage portion 353), the suspicious person guides the unauthorized jig from the lower plate passage hole 344 to the sound passage 333. I can not understand what I did.

  Since it is possible to forcibly shift the state of the restricting member 363 by the notification / rendering control device 143, priority is given to the prevention of the intrusion of the illegal jig by the restricting member 363, and the lower front door side. The case where priority is given to the emission of sound from the plate passage 273 can be appropriately used.

  When the gaming state is in the open / close execution mode, the restricting member 363 is forcibly shifted to the closed state by the notification / render effect control device 143. Therefore, even if a large number of gaming balls are paid out from the payout device 222, the front door side The occurrence of ball clogging in the lower tray passage 273 can be suppressed. Here, when the gaming state is in the open / close execution mode, the front door side lower tray passage against the fact that a profit is given along with the payout of a large number of game balls, and the game balls flowing down one after another. It is assumed that the possibility of the fraudulent jig being inserted into the front door side lower tray passage 273 is low due to the difficulty of inserting the fraudulent jig into the portion 273 or the like. Therefore, even if the restricting member 363 is not in the partitioned state, the suppressing force against the insertion of the incorrect jig into the front door side lower tray passage 273 is not significantly reduced.

  When the lower tray 34 is full, the control member 363 is forcibly shifted to the closed state by the notification and effect control device 143, so that the gaming balls stacked in the front door lower tray passage portion 273 are the control member Even when reaching 363, it can be avoided that the regulating member 363 is sandwiched between the gaming balls. As a result, it is possible to suppress that the control member 363 is deformed or damaged when a load is applied from the stacked game balls. Here, when the lower plate 34 is full, the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 is blocked by the game ball, and the illegal jig is the front door. It is assumed that the possibility of being inserted into the side lower tray passage 273 itself is low. Therefore, even if the restricting member 363 is not in the partitioned state, the suppressing force against the insertion of the incorrect jig into the front door side lower tray passage 273 is not significantly reduced.

<About the outflow regulation of gaming balls from the lower plate passage hole 344>
Since the lower tray passage hole 344 is provided in the front door side lower tray passage portion 273, an output sound from the lower speaker 30a can be efficiently taken into the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 through the lower tray passage hole 344. it can.

  The lower tray passage hole 344 is disposed at a position spaced apart from the flowing path of the gaming ball, so that it is possible to suppress the outflow of the gaming ball flowing down from the lower tray passage hole 344. Further, in this case, it is possible to suppress that the game ball flowing down is caught in the lower plate passage hole 344 and that the lower plate passage hole 344 is blocked by the game ball flowing down.

  Since the lower tray passage hole 344 is provided for the vertical passage portion 285, the lower tray passage hole 344 can be separated from the flow passage of the gaming ball. Here, as a configuration in which the lower tray passage hole 344 is separated from the flow-down path of the gaming ball, a configuration in which the lower tray passage hole 344 is disposed at the ceiling of the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284 and the lower stage horizontal passage portion 286 is conceivable. In these configurations, the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 need to be disposed above the lateral passage portions 284, 286. Therefore, the ball receiving passage 289 may be disposed above the upper stage lateral passage portion 284 or It becomes difficult to arrange the far ball passage 118 above the passage portion 286. On the other hand, in the configuration in which the lower plate passage hole 344 is disposed on the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion 285, the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 do not need to be disposed above the horizontal passage portions 284, 286. With the lateral passage portion 286 and the far ball passage 118 located at appropriate positions, the lower countersink passage hole 344 can be arranged at a position away from the flow-down path of the gaming ball.

  Since the lower tray passage hole 344 is disposed in a portion on the side of the upper row horizontal passage portion 284 (longitudinal portion 342b of the lower tray passage partition portion 342) in the side surface portion, the gaming ball having flowed down the upper row horizontal passage portion 284 When it reaches the vertical passage portion 285, the gaming ball can be moved away from the lower plate passage hole 344. Moreover, since the lower tray passage hole 344 extends downward from the floor of the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284 (the horizontal portion 342a of the lower tray passage partition portion 342), the gaming ball is in the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the vertical passage portion. Immediately after passing the boundary with 285, it flows down the side of the lower countersink hole 344. In this case, even if the gaming ball comes in contact with the outer peripheral portion of the vertical passage portion 285 and the flow-down direction changes, it is assumed that the flow has already flowed to a position lower than the lower plate passage hole 344 at that timing, It is possible to more reliably suppress the game ball from flowing out of the lower plate passage hole 344.

  Since the restriction member 363 is provided for the lower tray passage hole 344, the restriction member 363 can prevent the game ball flowing down in the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 from flowing out from the lower tray passage hole 344. . In this case, since the lower tray passage hole 344 does not have to be a small hole, the opening area of the lower tray passage hole 344 can be increased to such an extent that the sound intake efficiency from the lower tray passage hole 344 is not excessively reduced. . Thereby, it can suppress that the volume of the sound discharge | released from the front door side lower dish channel | path part 273 runs short. Moreover, since the restricting member 363 can shift to the non-restricting state, it is possible to suppress the decrease in the efficiency of capturing the sound from the lower plate passage hole 344 by the restricting member 363.

  The restricting member 363 performs a closing operation by being pressed by the game ball flowing down the front door side lower plate passage portion 273, so that the game ball can be more reliably restricted from flowing out from the lower plate passage hole 344.

  On the other hand, since the restricting member 363 is biased by the biasing member so as to be held in the fully open state, it returns to the fully open state at the next moment even if the closing operation is performed. In this case, since the period in which the sound emitted from the front door side lower tray passage 273 is interrupted is extremely short, for example, the configuration in which the regulating member 363 is held in the closed state only for a predetermined period along with the passage of the game ball Differently, it is possible to suppress that the rendering effect by the sound emitted from the front door side lower plate passage 273 is significantly reduced.

  Since the restricting member 363 is in the partitioning state in which the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 is partitioned when fully open, the sound transmitted from the sound passage 333 to the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 is at the front door lower side. Diffusion to the upstream side of the plate passage 273 can be suppressed. Thereby, the discharge | release efficiency of the sound from the front door side lower plate channel | path part 273 can be raised.

  In addition, since the rotation stopper 365 is provided in the front door side lower plate passage 273, even in the configuration in which the opening operation of the restriction member 363 is performed by the urging force of the urging member, the restriction member 363 is turned the rotation stopper It can hold | maintain in a partition state by 365.

  When the lower tray 34 is full, the control member 363 is forcibly shifted to the closed state by the notification and effect control device 143, so the gaming balls stacked in the front door lower tray passage portion 273 are the lower tray Even if the passage holes 344 are reached, the game balls can be prevented from flowing out of the lower plate passage holes 344.

  In the front door side lower tray passage portion 273, since the fullness detection sensor 280 is disposed downstream of the lower tray passage hole 344, it is before the notification and effect control device 143 shifts the regulating member 363 to the closed state. It can be avoided that the game balls stacked at the timing of reaching the lower plate passage holes 344 can be avoided. Thereby, deformation and breakage of the regulating member 363 can be suppressed more reliably. In addition, it can be reliably suppressed that the gaming balls stacked up flow out of the lower plate passage hole 344.

Second Embodiment
In the second embodiment, in the front door side passage unit 45, the positions of the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 with respect to the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 are different from those in the first embodiment. The 45 configurations will be described with reference to FIG. 36, focusing on differences from the first embodiment. FIG. 36 is a view showing the internal structure of the front door side passage unit 45, and FIG. 36 (a) shows the case where the restricting member 363 is fully open, and FIG. 36 (b) shows the case where the restricting member 363 is closed. Figure shows.

  As shown in FIG. 36A, in the front door side passage unit 45, the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 are disposed on the upper side of the front door side lower countersink passage portion 273. The air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 are disposed on the upper side of the lower horizontal passage 286 and are arranged side by side along the lower horizontal passage 286. In the first embodiment, the sound passage 333 is disposed between the air chamber 332 and the lower door passage portion 273 on the front door side. However, in the present embodiment, both the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 are front doors. Adjacent to the side lower tray passage 273.

  The front door side passage unit 45 has an air chamber partition portion 451 separating the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333, and a lower plate separating the front door side lower countersink passage portion 273, the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333. A passage partition 452 is provided. The sound passage 333 has a first passage 351, a second passage 352, and a third passage 353 as in the first embodiment, but all of these passages 351 to 353 are vertically arranged. In the extended state, they are arranged side by side along the width direction of the front door side passage unit 45. In this case, of the passage portions 351 to 353, only the first passage portion 351 extends along the air chamber 332, and the air chamber partition portion 451 divides the air chamber 332 and the first passage portion 351.

  The first passage 351 and the second passage 352 are disposed above the lower horizontal passage 286, while the third passage 353 is disposed above the vertical passage 285. The second passage portion 352 is disposed between the first passage portion 351 and the vertical passage portion 285 so as to be adjacent to the vertical passage portion 285. The third passage 353 is disposed at a position separated from the outer opening 279 toward the air chamber 332, and is arranged in series with the vertical passage 285 in the vertical direction. In the present embodiment, although not shown, the ball ball passage 118 and the ball receiving passage 289 are disposed above the air chamber 332, the sound passage 333, and the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284.

  The lower tray passage partition portion 452 has a horizontal passage portion 452 a forming an outer peripheral portion of the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284 and a vertical passage portion 452 b forming an outer peripheral portion of the vertical passage portion 285. The lateral passage portion 452 a forms a ceiling portion of the upper stage lateral passage portion 284 and divides the upper stage lateral passage portion 284 with respect to the air chamber 332, the first passage portion 351, and the second passage portion 352. The vertical passage portion 452 b forms a side surface portion of the vertical passage portion 285, and divides the vertical passage portion 285 with respect to the second passage portion 352 and the third passage portion 353.

  The lower tray passage hole 344 is provided in a portion which divides the vertical passage portion 285 and the third passage portion 353 in the vertical passage portion 452 b. The lower tray passage hole 344 is disposed at the upper position of the vertical passage portion 285 and opens the vertical passage portion 285 upward. In this case, the lower plate passage hole 344 is disposed at a position spaced upward from the flow passage path of the gaming ball, and the gaming ball flowing downward flows out of the lower plate passage hole 344. Is less likely to occur. The lower tray passage hole 344 is disposed at the ceiling portion of the vertical passage portion 285.

  Also in this embodiment, the restricting member 363 opens the lower tray passage hole 344 when in the open state, and closes the lower tray passage hole 344 when in the closed state. In the restriction member 363, the pivot shaft portion is disposed side by side on the ceiling portion of the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284. An upper recessed portion 455 recessed toward the upper side is formed in a ceiling portion of the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284, and a pivot shaft portion of the regulating member 363 is disposed in the upper recessed portion 455.

  As shown in FIG. 36 (b), when the regulating member 363 is in the closed state, the regulating member 363 is disposed above the longitudinal passage portion 285 in a state of extending in the width direction of the longitudinal passage portion 285. In this case, the restricting member 363 extends along the boundary between the third passage 353 and the front door side lower countersink 273 (vertical passage 285), and the lower surface of the restricting member 363 is the upper horizontal passage 284. Form the same plane as the ceiling surface of the As described above, since the restricting member 363 does not protrude toward the front door side lower plate passage 273 in the closed state, the gaming ball is not caught on the restricting member 363 in the front door side lower plate passage 273. Flow down properly.

  The front door side passage unit 45 has a reverse stopper 456 which restricts the restricting member 363 from pivoting from the closed state to the third passage 353 side. The reverse stopper 456 is a convex portion protruding inward from the inner peripheral surface of the third passage 353, and the rotation tip of the restriction member 363 is hooked on the reverse stopper 456 from the downstream side (longitudinal passage 285 side) Is held in the closed state. The reverse stopper 456 is disposed on the opposite side of the upper recess 455 across the lower plate passage hole 344. For this reason, for example, even if the gaming balls stacked in the front door lower tray passage portion 273 reach the lower tray passage holes 344 due to the lower tray full, the restriction members 363 can be pushed open by the gaming balls. It can be suppressed.

  The restricting member 363 is opened by turning its turning end downward (in a direction away from the third passage 353). As shown in FIG. 36 (a), when the restricting member 363 is fully open, it extends downward from the pivot shaft, and the lower front door passage portion 273 is moved to the upper horizontal passage portion 284. It is in a partitioned state divided into the side and the vertical passage 285 side. Here, a lower concave portion 457 recessed downward is provided in the floor portion of the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284, and when the regulating member 363 is in the fully open state, the rotating tip of the regulating member 363 is It is stored in the lower recess 457. In this case, the regulation member 363 is held in a fully open state by the rotation front end thereof being hooked to the lower recess 457 from the vertical passage 285 side.

  The regulating member 363 is in a state of hanging by the pivot shaft portion, and is held in a fully open state by its own weight. Therefore, even if the biasing member is not attached to the regulating member 363 as in the first embodiment, a configuration in which the regulating member 363 is maintained in the fully open state can be realized.

  When the restricting member 363 is fully open, it is stretched between the side surface of the third passage 353 and the side surface of the vertical passage 285. In this case, in the restriction member 363, the plate surface on the side of the vertical passage portion 285 forms the same plane as the inner circumferential surface of the third passage portion 353 and the inner circumferential surface of the vertical passage portion 285. Therefore, even if the incorrect jig is inserted into the lower door passage 273 on the front door side, the tip of the incorrect jig is less likely to be caught by the restriction member 363, and the suspicious person who inserted the incorrect jig is It can not even detect the presence of the restricting member 363.

  Unlike the first embodiment, the third passage 353 extends upward from the vertical passage 285 as in the present embodiment, in addition to the sound passage 333 and the lower horizontal passage 286, The entire longitudinal passage 285 is included in the horn area 371. The restriction member 363 in the fully open state divides the horn area 371 and the non-horn area 372 formed by the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284 into right and left.

  Here, since the non-horn region 372 extends laterally from the middle position of the portion extending in the vertical direction in the horn region 371 (the portion formed by the third passage portion 353 and the vertical passage portion 285) Even if a suspicious person who inserts a positive jig into the front door side lower tray passage 273 detects the presence of the restricting member 363, it is extremely possible that the illegal jig penetrates the non-horn area 372 (upper horizontal passage portion 284). It has become difficult. In addition, the restricting member 363 is configured such that it does not rotate to the non-horn area 372 side (upper stage horizontal passage portion 284 side) by the rotation tip portion thereof being caught by the lower concave portion 457, so a suspicious person However, even if the restricting member 363 is forced to be opened by an incorrect jig, it can not be opened.

  Next, the operation of the regulating member 363 will be briefly described.

  As shown in FIG. 36 (a), in the front door side lower tray passage 273, when the game ball does not pass the boundary between the horn area 371 and the non-horn area 372, the regulating member 363 is fully opened by its own weight. It is held in the state. Therefore, the sound output from the back side of the lower speaker 30 a to the air chamber 332 is emitted from the horn area 371 to the lower plate 34 without being diffused to the non-horn area 372.

  As shown in FIG. 36 (b), when the gaming ball flowing down the lower door passage portion 273 on the front door side reaches the regulating member 363 in the fully open building, the gaming ball vertically extends the regulating member 363. It passes through the boundary between the horn area 371 and the non-horn area 372 as it is pushed open to the passage 285 side. In this case, since the restricting member 363 is present between the gaming ball and the lower plate passage hole 344, the game ball having pressed the restricting member 363 is restricted from flowing out from the lower plate passage hole 344.

  Further, when the lower plate full state is detected by the full state detection sensor 280, the notification control effect device 143 performs the drive control of the restriction drive unit 366, whereby the restriction member 363 shifts to the closed state. Accordingly, it is possible to restrict the game balls stacked in the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 from flowing out from the lower tray passage hole 344 to the sound passage 333.

  Here, even if the gaming ball intrudes into the third passage 353 through the lower tray passage hole 344, the gaming passage ball 353 extends upward from the lower tray passage hole 344 so that the gaming ball Is returned to the vertical passage portion 285 by dropping by its own weight. Further, since the biasing force of the biasing member is not applied to the regulating member 363, the return of the game ball to the vertical passage portion 285 is not hindered by the biasing force of the biasing member.

  According to the embodiment described above, the following excellent effects can be obtained.

  Since the air chamber 332 is disposed above the front door lower tray passage 273, the upper space of the front door lower tray passage 273 is effectively used as an installation space for the air chamber 332 and the lower speaker 30a. Can. Also, the space above the front door side lower tray passage 273 can be used as the installation space for the sound passage 333.

  Since the lower tray passage hole 344 is disposed at the ceiling portion of the vertical passage portion 285, it is difficult for the game ball having flowed down the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284 to rise toward the lower tray passage hole 344 itself. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the game balls from flowing out from the lower plate passage hole 344 to the sound passage 333 side.

  The regulating member 363 is fully open by hanging from the ceiling portion of the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284. Therefore, a configuration for holding the regulating member 363 in a fully open state is fully open after the regulating member 363 performs a closing operation. Both return to state arrangements can be realized without the use of biasing members. Therefore, the configuration in which both the sound and the game ball are properly released from the front door side lower tray passage 273 can be simplified.

Third Embodiment
In the first embodiment, the enclosure 331 has the sound passage 333, but in the third embodiment, the enclosure 331 does not have the sound passage 333, and the air chamber 332 and the front door side lower countersink passage The part 273 is connected without the sound passage 333. The configuration of the front door side passage unit 45 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 37 and 38. FIG. 37 is an exploded perspective view of the front door side passage unit 45, and FIG. 38 is a view showing an internal structure of the front door side passage unit 45. As shown in FIG. In FIG. 38, (a) shows the case where the partition member 461 is in the partition state, and (b) shows the case where the partition member 461 is in the flow-down permission state.

  As shown in FIGS. 37 and 38 (a), the front door side passage unit 45 does not have the sound passage 333 and the air chamber 332 is disposed under the front door side lower countersink portion 273. . In this case, the lower tray passage partition portion 342 separates the air chamber 332 and the front door side lower tray passage portion 273, and the air chamber 332 and the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 are communicated by the lower tray passage hole 344. It is done. The lower tray passage holes 344 are circular small holes having a size and a shape that the gaming balls can not pass through, and a large number of lower tray passage holes 344 are provided in the lower tray passage partition portion 342. The small holes may have an elliptical shape, a rectangular shape, or a polygonal shape.

  In the lower tray passage partition portion 342, the horizontal portion 342a divides the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the air chamber 332 up and down, and the vertical portion 342b divides the vertical passage portion 285 and the air chamber 332 left and right. A plurality of lower tray passage holes 344 are disposed in each of the horizontal portion 342a and the vertical portion 342b, and both of the horizontal portion 342a and the vertical portion 342b, the flowing direction of the gaming ball and the front door side passage unit 45 Multiple are arranged along each of the thickness direction.

  The horn area 371 is formed by an area downstream of the lower tray passage hole 344 in the front door side lower tray passage portion 273.

  As described above, the lower tray passage hole 344 itself has a function of preventing the game balls from flowing out. In this embodiment, the front door side lower tray passage 273 is divided into the upstream side and the downstream side instead of providing the regulating member 363 to the lower tray passage hole 344 as in the first embodiment. A partition member 461 is provided for the front door lower tray passage 273. The partitioning member 461 is formed of a plate like the regulating member 363 and can block transmission of sound in the air.

  The partition member 461 is provided in a suspended state from the ceiling portion of the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284. A state of extending downward due to its own weight is equivalent to a partitioned state where the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284 is divided into left and right Do. The partitioning member 461 is disposed upstream of the lower tray passage holes 344 in the front door side lower tray passage portion 273, and when in the partitioned state, the front door side lower tray passage portion from the lower tray passage hole 344 It regulates that the sound taken in at 273 spreads to the upstream side. The partition member 461 corresponds to a partition body.

  The partition member 461 is pivotable with its upper end portion as a pivot shaft portion, and can shift to the non-partitioned state by pivoting toward the upstream side or the downstream side. The pivot shaft portion of the partitioning member 461 is disposed at an intermediate position of the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284 in the flow-down direction of the gaming ball, and the partitioning member 461 is pivoted toward either the upstream side or the downstream side It is possible to overlap the ceiling surface of the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284. Here, in the front door side lower tray passage portion 273, the upstream end of the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284 is opened upward toward the outer opening 279, and the partition member 461 is rotated toward the upstream side. It is disposed at a position where it does not protrude to the open portion of the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284 when it moves.

  As shown in FIG. 38 (b), when the gaming ball has flowed down, the gaming ball passes through the partition member 461 while pushing and rotating the partition member 461 toward the downstream side. Here, when the partition member 461 is rotated to such an extent that the game ball can pass, the partition member 461 shifts to the flow-down permission state which allows the flow-down of the game ball in the non-partition state.

  Further, even if the gaming balls stacked in the front door side lower tray passage 273 push the partitioning member 461 toward the upstream side when the lower tray 34 becomes full, the partitions There is no member 461 between the upstream end of the upper lateral passage portion 284 and the outer opening 279. For this reason, it is possible to suppress that the partition member 461 is deformed or broken by being pushed toward the upstream side by the stacked game balls.

  According to the embodiment described above, the following excellent effects can be obtained.

  Since the lower tray passage hole 344 is a small hole, a configuration is realized in which the output sound of the lower speaker 30a is taken from the lower tray passage hole 344 to the lower door passage on the front door side. It can prevent the ball from flowing out. In addition, since a large number of lower tray passage holes 344 are provided as small holes, when the output sound of the lower speaker 30 a is taken in from the lower tray passage holes 344, it can be suppressed that the volume becomes small.

  Further, the output sound of the lower speaker 30a passes through the many lower dish passage holes 344 so that the low range is easily amplified, while the middle and high range is easily attenuated. As a result, even if the enclosure 331 does not have the sound passage 333 and the length dimension of the horn area 371 can not be sufficiently secured, the front door lower tray passage portion 273 to the lower tray 34 It becomes possible to emphasize the low range of the sound emitted.

  In the lower tray passage partition portion 342, a plurality of lower tray passage holes 344 are disposed in each of the horizontal portion 342a and the vertical portion 342b, so even if the lower tray passage holes 344 are small holes, The total opening area of the lower plate passage hole 344 can be made large enough to ensure the amount of sound taken in properly. Moreover, since the sound intake direction by the lower plate passage hole 344 is different between the horizontal portion 342a and the vertical portion 342b, the low-pitch range of these sounds is easily amplified, while the middle-high range is easily attenuated. It has become.

  In the upper-stage horizontal passage portion 284, the lower plate passage hole 344 is formed in the floor portion, and the partition member 461 is suspended from the ceiling portion. It is possible to realize a configuration in which the lower plate passage hole 344 is not closed by the partition member 461 regardless of. For this reason, when the game ball pushes the partition member 461 open and flows down, the sound may be diffused to the upstream side in the front door side lower tray passage 273 by the partition member 461 shifting to the non-partitioning state Also, it can be avoided that the sound intake from the lower tray passage hole 344 to the lower door passage portion 273 on the front door side is stopped or restricted.

  Since the enclosure 331 does not have the sound passage 333, it is possible to miniaturize the front door side passage unit 45 and to enlarge the air chamber 332 as compared with the first embodiment. When the air chamber 332 is enlarged, it is possible to increase the size of the lower speaker 30a, that is, to use a speaker unit having a large output volume in the low range as the lower speaker 30a.

Fourth Embodiment
In the first embodiment, the restricting member 363 is provided to be able to open the lower plate passage hole 344. However, in the fourth embodiment, the restricting member is provided to be unable to open the lower plate passage hole 344. . The configuration of the front door side passage unit 45 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 39 is an exploded perspective view of the front door side passage unit 45. As shown in FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 39, as in the third embodiment, the front door side passage unit 45 does not have the sound passage 333 and the air chamber 332 and the front door side lower countersink passage portion 273 are lower dish passages. The holes 344 communicate with each other. The lower plate passage hole 344 is provided so as to extend between the horizontal portion 342a and the vertical portion 342b. The lower plate passage hole 344 opens the air chamber 332 sideways in the horizontal portion 342a, and opens the air chamber 332 upward in the vertical portion 342b. In this case, the output sound of the lower speaker 30 a is taken into both the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the vertical passage portion 285 from the lower plate passage hole 344.

  A restricting member 465 for restricting the outflow of gaming balls from the lower plate passage hole 344 is provided to the lower plate passage hole 344. The restriction member 465 has a pair of plate portions extending in a direction intersecting each other, and one plate portion is arranged in series in the horizontal portion 342a and the other plate portion is arranged in series in the vertical portion It is done. The restricting member 465 is fixed to the base plates 274a and 274b, the lateral portion 342a and the longitudinal portion 342b in a state in which the lower tray passage hole 344 is closed. In this case, the restricting member 465 is in the lower plate passage hole 344 so as not to inhibit the flow of the game ball.

  The restriction member 465 has a frame portion 466 extending along the inner peripheral surface of the lower plate passage hole 344 and a mesh portion 467 provided inside the frame portion 466. The frame portion 466 has two rectangular frames, one of which extends along the horizontal portion 342a and the other of which extends along the vertical portion 342b. The mesh portion 467 is a division portion that divides the lower tray passage hole 344 into a plurality, and allows transmission of sound through the lower tray passage hole 344 and restricts the outflow of gaming balls from the lower tray passage hole 344. Both things are possible.

  The mesh portion 467 has a plurality of thin linear members such as wires and threads, and is formed by extending in the direction in which these linear members intersect. In the mesh portion 467, since the linear member is thin, it is difficult for the linear member to inhibit the transmission of sound, and for example, compared to a configuration in which the restriction member 465 is not provided in the lower plate passage hole 344. Even in this case, the sound transmission efficiency in the lower tray passage hole 344 is not significantly reduced.

  According to the embodiment described above, the following excellent effects can be obtained.

  Since the regulating member 465 does not open or close the lower tray passage hole 344, the regulating member 465 does not divide the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 into the upstream side and the downstream side. That is, it can be avoided that the flow-down of the game ball is inhibited by the restricting member 465. On the other hand, since the mesh portion 467 of the restricting member 465 divides the lower plate passage hole 344 into a plurality of parts, the restricting member 465 can restrict the game ball from flowing out of the lower plate passage hole 344. Moreover, since the linear members of the mesh portion 467 are narrowed, the sound transmission efficiency in the lower plate passage hole 344 is less likely to be reduced by the mesh portion 467. Therefore, even if the restriction member 465 is not opened, the volume of the sound emitted from the front door lower dish passage 273 can be properly maintained.

  Since the restricting member 465 has the frame portion 466, the frame portion 466 is fixed to the front door side passage forming portion 276 (the base plates 274a and 274b and the connection plate 274c), whereby the mesh portion 467 is on the front door side. It can be fixed to the passage forming part 276. In this case, since the fixing strength of the mesh portion 467 with respect to the front door side passage forming portion 276 is enhanced as compared with the structure in which the mesh portion 467 is directly fixed to the front door side passage forming portion 276 Even if a load is applied to the mesh portion 467 from the gaming balls, it is possible to suppress that the mesh portion 467 is deformed or broken.

Other Embodiments
In addition, it is not limited to the description content of each embodiment mentioned above, For example, you may implement as follows. Incidentally, the following configurations may be individually applied to the above embodiments, or some or all of them may be combined and applied to the above embodiments.

  (A1) In the first embodiment, in the front door side lower countersink channel 273, the horn area 371 is bent by combining the vertical channel 285 and the lower horizontal channel 286. However, as long as the horn region 371 is bent, it may have a diagonal passage extending in an oblique direction, and a plurality of transverse passages stacked one on top of the other may be combined.

  Further, the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 and the sound passage 333 may have a bent shape without having a linearly extending passage portion. For example, even if it has a serpentine shape like a wave shape, a bent shape is realized.

  (A2) In the first embodiment, the sound passage 333 has a plurality of sound bending portions 357. However, the sound passage 333 may not have the sound bending portion 357. That is, the sound passage 333 may be straight. Even in this case, if the sound passage 333 has a horn shape, the bass range of the sound transmitted through the sound passage 333 is easily amplified.

  (A3) In the first embodiment, although the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 has the middle bent portion 304 and the downstream bent portion 305, the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 has these bent portions 304, It is not necessary to have 305. That is, the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 may be straight. Even in this case, if the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 has a horn shape, the bass range of the sound transmitted through the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 is easily amplified.

  (A4) In the first embodiment, the cross-sectional area of the front door side lower countersink portion 273 gradually increases from the upstream end to the downstream end. The cross-sectional area of the portion 273 may be arbitrarily set on the upstream side of the lower countersink passage hole 344. Even in this case, a configuration in which the cross-sectional area of the horn region 371 gradually increases toward the lower plate 34 can be realized.

  (A5) In the first embodiment, the restricting member 363 is provided to the lower plate passage hole 344 as the sound intake hole, but the restricting member 363 may not be provided. In this case, since the outflow of the gaming balls from the lower tray passage hole 344 is not restricted by the regulating member 363, a dedicated passage for discharging the gaming balls to the lower tray 34 or the lower door passage portion 273 on the front door side is provided. It is preferable to be connected to the sound passage 333 or the air chamber 332. Thus, even if the gaming balls flow out from the lower plate passage hole 344 to the sound passage 333, the gaming balls can be discharged to the lower plate 34.

  (A6) In the first embodiment, the front door side passage unit 45 is formed by combining the base plates 274a and 274b and the connection plate 274c, but the air chamber 332 and the sound passage manufactured in advance are formed. The front door side passage unit 45 may be formed by attaching 333 to the front door side passage forming portion 276 or the like. Even in this case, the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 can be attached to the base frame 231 of the front door frame 14 together with the front door side passage forming portion 276 and the like. As a result, the work load when attaching the air chamber 332, the sound passage 333 and the front door side passage forming portion 276 to the base frame 231 can be reduced.

  (A7) In the first embodiment, in the front door frame 14, the lower speaker 30a and the front door side passage unit 45 are separately fixed to the base frame 231, while the lower speaker 30a and the front door side passage unit 45 are separated. Although the front door side passage unit 45 is not fixed, the lower speaker 30a and the front door side passage unit 45 may be fixed to each other. In this case, the lower speakers 30a can be attached to the front door side passage unit 45 in advance, and the front door side passage unit 45 and the lower speakers 30a can be attached together to the base frame 231. As a result, the work load when attaching the front door side passage unit 45 and the lower speaker 30 a to the base frame 231 can be reduced.

  (A8) In the first embodiment, the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 are disposed on the lower side of the front door lower plate passage portion 273 at the lower position of the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284. The sound passage 332 and the sound passage 333 may be disposed below the lower horizontal passage portion 286 and the vertical passage portion 285. In this case, the lower tray passage hole 344 is preferably disposed on the floor of the lower horizontal passage portion 286 or the vertical passage portion 285.

  In the second embodiment, the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 are disposed above the lower door passage 273 as the upper side of the lower door passage 273, but the air chamber 332 is The sound passage 333 may be disposed at the side position of the front door side upper countersink passage portion 272. The sound passage 333 may be disposed at the upper position of the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284 or the vertical passage portion 285. In this case, the lower tray passage hole 344 is preferably disposed at the ceiling of the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284 and the lower stage horizontal passage portion 286.

  Furthermore, in the third embodiment, the lower plate passage hole 344 is provided as a small hole in each of the floor portion of the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284 and the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion 285. If passage 333 is disposed on the upper side of lower door passage portion 273 on the front door side, lower passage passage hole 344 is provided in the ceiling portion of lower horizontal passage portion 286 and the side surface portion of vertical passage portion 285, respectively. It is also good. As a result, the lower sound passage hole 344 of the lower horizontal passage portion 286 and the lower sound passage hole 344 of the vertical passage portion 285 cross in the direction for taking in sound, so the low frequency range is easily amplified and the middle and high frequency range is attenuated. Create an easy-to-use environment.

  (A9) In the first embodiment, the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 are disposed below the lower tray passage of the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 etc. and the upper tray passage of the front door side upper tray passage portion 272 etc. Although the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 may be disposed at a position overlapping the lower plate passage and the upper plate passage in the front-rear direction of the pachinko machine 10.

  (B1) In the first embodiment, the pivot shaft portion is disposed at the upper end portion of the regulation member 363, but in the regulation member 363, the pivot shaft portion is disposed at the lower end portion or an intermediate portion thereof. May be For example, in the fully open state, the regulating member 363 having the pivot shaft portion at the lower end portion is configured to extend downward from the lower end portion of the lower tray passage hole 344. Even in this configuration, the lower plate is forced to shift the regulating member 363 to the closed state by the regulating drive portion 366 before the flowing game balls reach near the lower plate passage hole 344. The restriction member 363 can restrict the outflow of the game balls from the passage hole 344.

  (B2) In the first embodiment, the outflow of the gaming ball from the lower plate passage hole 344 is restricted or permitted according to the state of the restricting member 363, but regardless of the state of the restricting member 363, The outflow of the gaming balls from the lower tray passage hole 344 may be restricted by the restriction member 363. For example, a pivot shaft portion is disposed at an intermediate portion of the restriction member 363, and the pivot shaft portion is disposed at a position where the lower plate passage hole 344 is divided up and down. In this configuration, since the outflow of the gaming ball from the lower tray passage hole 344 is restricted by the pivot shaft portion of the regulating member 363, the lower tray passage hole 344 is not affected by the sound intake state from the lower tray passage hole 344. It is possible to regulate the outflow of game balls from the

  (B3) In the first embodiment, the restriction member 363 is not hooked to the rotation stopper 365 so as not to shift to a state having a larger opening than the fully open state, but as in the third embodiment, The restriction member 363 may be configured to be able to shift to a state in which the degree of opening is larger than in the fully open state. For example, the rotation stopper 365 is not provided.

  (B4) In the first embodiment, the lower plate passage hole 344 is opened and closed by the rotation of the restriction member 363, but the restriction member 363 is opened and closed by sliding movement. May be For example, the restriction member 363 is provided in a state of being superimposed on the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion 285 (longitudinal portion 342 b of the lower tray passage partition portion 342). In this configuration, the restricting member 363 slides in a direction in which the overlap with the vertical portion 342b decreases, thereby closing the lower plate passage hole 344 and sliding in a direction in which the overlap with the vertical portion 342b increases. It is possible to open the lower plate passage hole 344. Also in this configuration, if the restricting member 363 has an extending portion extending toward the inside of the vertical passage portion 285, the restricting member 363 is opened by pushing the extending portion by the game ball that has flowed down. It is possible to shift to the closed state.

  Further, the restricting member 363 may open and close the lower plate passage hole 344 by being elastically deformed. For example, the restriction member 363 is formed of an elastically deformable material such as rubber, and is provided in a fully open state. In this configuration, when the restricting member 363 is pushed by the game ball which has flowed down, it is elastically deformed in the direction to reduce the opening degree to the lower plate passage hole 344 and the game ball passes and the press is released. Then, by returning to the original shape, it shifts to the fully open state. In this configuration, since the restriction member 363 can shift to a state having a larger opening than the fully open state (partitioned state), even when the gaming balls are stacked in the front door side lower tray passage portion 273, It is possible to suppress that the restriction member 363 is broken or the ball is clogged by the game ball.

  (B5) In the first embodiment, the restricting member 363 is rotatably provided in the front door side lower plate passage 273, but the restricting member 363 is rotatably provided in the sound passage 333. It is also good. For example, even if the regulating member 363 in the closed state is pivoted toward either the front door side lower tray passage 273 side or the sound passage 333 side, the lower tray passage hole 344 is opened.

  (B6) In the first embodiment, when the sound restriction effect is performed, the restriction member 363 is shifted to the closed state, but the volume of the sound emitted from the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 is If limited, the opening degree of the regulating member 363 with respect to the lower plate passage hole 344 may be reduced. In this case, the opening degree of the restriction member 363 may be smaller than in the case where the sound restriction effect is not performed.

  (B7) In the first embodiment, the sound restriction effect can be performed when the mode of the variable display on the symbol display device 75 is any of the super reach A to C, but any of the normal reach A and B can be used. The sound restriction effect may be made executable if it is completely or if it is completely out. In any case, it is possible to increase the player's expectation for the stop result of the variable display.

  (B8) In the first embodiment, the sound restriction effect is started at the timing when the super reach effect is started. However, the sound restriction effect is generated after a predetermined time has elapsed since the start of the super reach effect. The configuration may be started. As a result, the expectation of the player can be increased, and variations of the sound restriction effect can be increased.

  (B9) In the first embodiment, the sound restriction effect can be performed when the game play is performed, that is, when the variable display of the symbol is performed by the symbol display device 75, The sound restriction effect may be executable when the variable display of the symbol is not performed. For example, the sound restriction effect may be executable when the success or failure lottery mode is in the high probability mode. In any case, since the sound restriction effect differentiates between a state in which the player is highly likely to receive the benefit and a state in which the possibility is not high, the sound restriction effect can increase the expectation to the benefit.

  (B10) In the first embodiment, the regulating member 363 is forcibly shifted to the closed state when the lower plate is full, when in the open / close execution mode, or when performing the sound restriction effect. In addition, when the fraud is detected by the fraud detection process (step S202), or when the standby display is performed on the symbol display device 75 by the process for demonstration display (step S217), the restriction member 363 is displayed. It may be forcibly shifted to the closed state.

  (B11) In the first embodiment, the sound output from the back side of the lower speaker 30a is taken into the front door lower dish passage 273, but the front side of the lower speaker 30a is not the back side but the front side. The sound output from the side may be taken into the lower door passage portion 273 on the front door side. For example, in the front door side passage unit 45, the speaker opening 336 is provided in the rear base plate 274b, so that the air chamber 332 is opened toward the rear of the pachinko machine. In this configuration, the air chamber 332 is not open toward the front of the pachinko machine, and the front portion of the lower speaker 30 a is in a state of entering the air chamber 332 through the speaker opening 336. In this case, an output sound from the front side of the lower speaker 30 a is emitted toward the lower tray 34 through the front door lower tray passage 273.

  (C1) In the first embodiment, the pivot shaft portion of the regulating member 363 as a partition is provided for the upper end portion of the lower plate passage hole 344. However, the regulating member 363 is a lower plate passage hole It may be disposed at a position spaced upstream from 344. For example, when the regulating member 363 is in the partitioned state, the upper horizontal passage portion 284 is arranged at a position which divides the upper horizontal passage portion 284 into the upstream side and the downstream side at the middle position of the upper horizontal passage portion 284.

  (C2) In the first embodiment, the pivoting tip of the regulating member 363 in the partitioned state is hooked on the pivoting stopper 365, but the pivoting base end of the regulating member 363 in the partitioned state The side end portion and the middle portion may be hooked to the rotation stopper 365. Further, the rotation stopper 365 may not be provided on the outer peripheral portion of the front door side lower countersink passage portion 273, but may be provided on the restricting member 363 or the turning shaft portion of the restricting member 363. Furthermore, the regulating member 363 may be held in a partitioned state by being caught on the inner peripheral surface of the front door side passage forming portion 276.

  (C3) In the first embodiment, the restricting member 363 is held in the partitioned state by being caught by the turning stopper 365, but the restricting drive portion 366 functions to restrict the turning of the restricting member 363. , And the restriction member 363 may be held in a partitioned state.

  (C4) In the first embodiment, the restricting member 363 is forcibly shifted to the closed state when the gaming state is in the open / close execution mode, but the restricting member 363 is closed when in the high frequency support mode. It may be forced to shift to the state. Further, even in the opening / closing execution mode, the control member 363 is switched to the closed state if it is won by a definite variation big hit, and it is not moved to the closed state if it is normally hit by a big hit. It is also good.

  (D1) In the first embodiment, the lower plate passage hole 344 extends downward from the horizontal portion 342 a in the vertical portion 342 b of the lower plate passage partition portion 342. It may be disposed at a position spaced downward from the portion 342a. Even in this case, the lower tray passage hole 344 can be disposed at a position apart from the flow path of the gaming ball.

  (D2) In the first embodiment, in the vertical passage portion 285, the lower countersink passage hole 344 is disposed in the vertical portion 342b of the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion 285 on the upper horizontal passage portion 284 side. The countersink hole 344 may be disposed on the side surface of the vertical passage 285 opposite to the upper horizontal passage 284 or on the side of the vertical passage 285. Even in this case, it is possible to arrange the lower tray passage hole 344 at a position away from the flow path of the gaming ball.

  (D3) In the first embodiment, the lower plate passage hole 344 is sized and shaped to allow passage of gaming balls, but the lower plate passage hole 344 is sized and shaped to prevent passage of gaming balls. May be included. Examples of the lower tray passage hole 344 include an elongated hole extending in the flow-down direction of the gaming ball, a elongated hole extending in the thickness direction of the lower door passage portion 273 on the front door side, and the like.

  (D4) In the first embodiment, the restricting member 363 has the function of blocking the transmission of the sound in the air, but when the restricting member 363 is in the closed state, the game from the lower tray passage hole 344 is It does not have to have the function of blocking the transmission of sound in the air as long as it regulates the outflow of the ball. For example, the restricting member 363 of the first embodiment may have the mesh portion 467 as a dividing unit like the restricting member 465 of the fourth embodiment.

  (D5) In the fourth embodiment, the regulating member 465 has the mesh portion 467 as dividing means for dividing the lower plate passage hole 344 into a plurality of pieces, but the regulating member 465 is a bar member or a lattice member. You may have a division means. For example, the restricting member 465 has a rod member which divides the lower tray passage hole 344 up and down, and the rod member is fixed to the frame 466. In this configuration, by dividing the lower plate passage hole 344 into a size and a shape that the gaming ball can not pass, the outflow of the game ball from the lower plate passage hole 344 is restricted, while the lower plate passage hole 344 is Sound capture is performed.

  If the mesh of the mesh portion 467 is very rough or the bar members for dividing the lower plate passage hole 344 are very thin, it is assumed that the influence of the dividing means on the transmission of sound is extremely small. Therefore, in the first embodiment, the restricting member 363 is provided in a state where the lower plate passage hole 344 can not be opened, and the dividing means is provided for the lower plate passage hole 344 existing at the intermediate position of the horn area 371. Even in the horn area 371, it is possible to maintain the ease of amplification of the low range and the attenuation of the middle and high range.

  (D6) In the first embodiment, the fullness detection sensor 280 is provided for the lower horizontal passage portion 286. However, if the fullness detection sensor 280 is located downstream of the lower tray passage hole 344, the lower side It may be provided for the tray 34, the first ball inlet 34a, and the vertical passage 285. Further, in the configuration in which the lower tray passage hole 344 is provided for the upper row horizontal passage portion 284, if the fullness detection sensor 280 is located downstream of the lower tray passage hole 344, the upper tray horizontal passage portion 284 is It may be provided.

  (E1) In the above embodiments, the lower tray passage hole 344 is provided to the front door lower tray passage portion 273 in the lower tray passage, but the lower tray passage hole 344 is the inner frame lower tray passage. It may be provided to the portion 263 or the back pack side lower tray passage portion 259.

  (E2) In each of the above embodiments, the two ball receptacles of the upper tray 33 and the lower tray 34 are provided, but one ball receptacle may be provided. For example, a take-in hole is provided for the ball passage connected to the ball pan, and the output sound of the lower speaker 30a is taken into the ball passage from the take-in hole. Even in this configuration, the output sound of the lower speaker 30a is emitted forward from the ball passage.

  (E3) In the above embodiments, the output sound of the lower speaker 30a is emitted from the lower plate passage (the lower door passage portion 273 on the front door side). However, the upper plate passage, the far ball passage 118, and the ball removal The channel 242 may be configured to be discharged from the discharge channel of the discharge channel board 203. For example, in the upper tray passage, a sound intake hole is provided on the outer periphery of the front door side upper tray passage portion 272, and the output sound of the lower speaker 30a is taken into the front door side upper tray passage portion 272 through the sound intake hole. The taken-in sound is emitted from the front door side upper tray passage portion 272 toward the upper tray 33.

  (E4) Other types of pachinko machines and the like different from the above embodiment, for example, pachinko machines in which a motorized role opens a predetermined number of times when game balls enter a specific area of a special device The present invention can be applied to gaming machines such as pachinko machines having a right to enter and becoming a jackpot, pachinko machines equipped with other features, arrange ball machines, and ball ball.

  Furthermore, the game machine main body supported by the outer frame so as to be openable and closable is provided with a storage section and a loading device, and the start lever is operated after a predetermined number of gaming balls stored in the storage section are loaded by the loading device. The present invention can also be applied to a gaming machine in which a pachinko machine and a slot machine are integrated by starting to rotate the reels.

<About the invention group extracted from the above embodiment>
Hereinafter, the features of the invention group extracted from the above-described embodiment will be described while showing effects and the like as necessary. In the following, for ease of understanding, the corresponding configuration in the above embodiment is appropriately shown in parentheses or the like, but the present invention is not limited to the specific configuration illustrated in the parentheses or the like.

<Feature A group>
The invention of the following feature group A is effective for the following problems.

  A gaming machine such as a pachinko machine is provided with a speaker capable of outputting a sound such as a sound effect (see, for example, JP-A-2005-261808). In the gaming machine, the sound output from the speaker is emitted toward the front of the gaming machine.

  However, there is still room for improvement in the configuration in which the sound output from the sound output means such as a speaker is emitted to the front of the gaming machine.

Features A1. A ball receptacle (lower plate 34) provided in a state of being exposed forward of the gaming machine and storing gaming balls,
A ball passage (back pack side lower plate passage portion 259, inner frame side lower plate passage portion 263, front door side lower plate passage portion 273, first ball inlet 34a) for discharging gaming balls to the ball receptacle;
A speaker (lower speaker 30a) which has a diaphragm (diaphragm 30b) and outputs a sound according to the vibration of the diaphragm;
An enclosure (enclosure 331) for emitting the sound output from the rear side of the speaker to the front of the gaming machine;
Equipped with
The enclosure has an air chamber (air chamber 332) accommodating the back side of the speaker,
At the outer peripheral portion of the ball passage, there is provided a sound intake hole (lower plate passage hole 344) for taking the sound output from the back side of the speaker to the air chamber into the ball passage,
The ball passage is included in the enclosure by being in communication with the air chamber through the sound intake hole, and the sound taken into the ball passage from the sound intake hole is directed to the ball receiving tray A game machine characterized by releasing.

  According to the feature A1, since the speaker has a specific diaphragm, when the sound is output from the speaker, it is not necessary for the outer peripheral portion of the ball passage to play a role as an external diaphragm. Therefore, even if the sound is emitted forward of the gaming machine through the ball passage, the vibration of the diaphragm of the speaker is not inhibited by the game balls existing in the ball passage. Therefore, it is possible to suppress that the sound quality of the sound emitted to the front of the gaming machine through the ball passage is degraded by the presence of the gaming ball.

  Here, in the speaker having the diaphragm, these output sounds cancel each other due to the phase of the output sound from the back side being inverted with respect to the output sound from the front side, and particularly the volume of the bass range Is concerned that the On the other hand, according to this feature, since the ball passage is included in the enclosure, the output sound from the back side of the speaker is emitted to the front of the gaming machine via the ball passage, so from the front side It will be out of phase inversion with respect to the output sound of. For this reason, it becomes difficult to mutually cancel the sound output before and behind a speaker, and it can suppress that the output capability of a speaker declines, such as a volume of a bass region becomes small.

  Further, in the configuration in which the back side of the speaker is housed in the air chamber, there is a concern that the enclosure including the air chamber may be enlarged. On the other hand, according to this feature, since the enclosure is configured to include the ball passage, the enclosure can be miniaturized as compared with a configuration in which all of the enclosure is formed by the dedicated space. Thus, the enclosure can be properly disposed in the narrow space inside the gaming machine.

  As described above, it is possible to provide a configuration suitable for emitting the sound output from the speaker to the front of the gaming machine.

  In addition, since the output sound from the speaker is emitted from the ball passage, when the ball receiving plate is full of gaming balls, the ball passage is blocked by the gaming ball and the sound is hardly emitted from the ball passage turn into. Here, since the sound is an element for the player to enjoy playing a game, if it is difficult to hear the sound due to the ball tray being full, the player can hear the sound and play the game. It is believed that the bowl will be full to enjoy the Therefore, releasing the sound from the ball passage also realizes a configuration for prompting the player to discharge the gaming balls from the ball receptacle.

  Feature A2. In the ball passage, a portion (horn region 371) on the downstream side of the communication portion with the air chamber is characterized by a horn shape which is thickened as the air chamber is approached from the air chamber as a whole. The gaming machine according to the feature A1.

  According to the feature A2, since the ball passage has a horn shape, the bass range of the sound passing through the ball passage is easily amplified. For this reason, with regard to the output sound from the rear side of the speaker, the volume of the bass region that tends to be insufficient at the time of being output from the speaker can be increased by passing through the ball passage.

  Feature A3. The gaming machine according to the feature A2 is characterized in that the downstream side portion of the ball passage has a ball corner portion (intermediate bending portion 304, downstream bending portion 305) for changing the flowing direction of the gaming ball. .

  According to the feature A3, in the ball passage, the speed of the game ball flowing down tends to be reduced at the ball corner, and the middle and high-pitch range of the sound is easily attenuated by the sound passing through the ball corner ing. For this reason, it is possible to make the bass range stand out and hear the sound emitted from the ball passage by utilizing the configuration for preventing the game ball from being discharged to the ball receptacle while maintaining the excessive momentum. That is, in the speaker system, the ball passage can exhibit the function as a back load horn.

Feature A4. The ball passage has a plurality of linearly extending passages (upper horizontal passage 284, vertical passage 285, lower horizontal passage 286).
The connection portion to which the adjacent passage portions extending in different directions are connected is a ball corner portion (intermediate bend portion 304) for changing the flow direction of the game ball, the game described in the feature A2 Machine.

  According to the feature A4, since the passage portion connected by the ball corner portion extends linearly, the game ball can be accelerated to some extent by the straight portion of the passage portion. As a result, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of ball clogging in the ball passage by limiting the force of the gaming ball flowing down the ball passage too much.

  Furthermore, the presence of the ball corner portion makes it easy to attenuate the middle to high range of the sound passing through the ball passage, so that the low range can be made to be clearly heard for the sound emitted from the ball passage. That is, in the speaker system, the ball passage can exhibit the function as a back load horn.

Feature A5. The enclosure has a horn portion (horn area 371) which is enlarged as it approaches the ball bowl from the air chamber as a whole.
The horn unit includes the ball passage, and a sound passage (sound passage 333) connecting the ball passage and the air chamber, according to any one of the features A1 to A4. Gaming machine.

  In forming the horn portion in the enclosure, there is a concern that the ball passage alone may lack the length dimension of the horn portion. On the other hand, according to the feature A5, since the horn is formed by the sound passage in addition to the ball passage, the length of the horn is sufficiently secured by connecting the sound passage to the ball passage. be able to. In this case, since the low frequency range of the sound output from the back side of the speaker is sufficiently amplified by the horn portion, the volume of the low frequency range that is likely to be insufficient only with the sound output from the front side of the speaker It can be supplemented with the sound that is output.

  Feature A6. The gaming machine according to feature A5, wherein the sound passage has a sound corner portion (sound bending portion 357) that changes a direction in which the sound is transmitted.

  According to the feature A6, since the sound passage has the sound corner portion, the horn portion can exhibit the function as the back load horn. Moreover, in the horn portion, the sound passage has a sound corner portion, and the ball passage does not necessarily have to have a ball corner portion. Inclusion of the ball passage in the can avoid the reduction in the degree of freedom. Therefore, the back load horn can be properly formed by using the ball passage while preventing the flow-down mode of the gaming ball in the ball passage.

  Feature A7. The horn unit includes an outflow restricting portion (an restricting member 363) for restricting the game ball from flowing from the ball passage to the sound passage through the sound intake hole, as described in the feature A5 or A6. Gaming machine.

  The horn section has a larger cross-sectional area as it approaches the ball bowl from the air chamber, and thus exhibits the function of amplifying the low sound range of the sound. Therefore, the sound is taken into the connecting portion between the sound passage and the ball passage In the configuration in which the hole is formed, the opening area of the sound intake hole is set in accordance with the cross-sectional area of the ball passage on the downstream side. In this case, since the ball passage is set to a size and a shape that allows passage of the game ball, there is a high possibility that the sound capturing hole is also a size and a shape that allows passage of the game ball. There is concern that the game ball will flow out.

  On the other hand, according to the feature A7, it can be suppressed that the gaming ball flowing down the ball passage is not properly discharged to the ball receiving tray due to flowing out to the sound passage. In addition, it can be suppressed that the game ball is clogged in the sound passage or the air chamber and the sound is not properly emitted from the horn unit.

  Feature A8. The outflow restricting portion restricts the outflow of the gaming balls to the sound passage from a non-regulatory state in which the outflow of the gaming balls to the sound passage is not restricted by being pressed by the gaming balls flowing down the ball passage. The gaming machine according to feature A7, characterized by transitioning to a regulated state.

  According to the feature A8, when the flowing game ball approaches the sound capturing hole, the outflow restricting portion is shifted to the restriction state by being pressed by the game ball, so that the game ball is discharged to the sound passage. It can be regulated surely. Here, when the outflow of the game ball to the sound passage is restricted by the outflow restriction unit, there is a concern that the outflow restriction unit also regulates the transmission of the sound from the sound passage to the ball passage. On the other hand, according to the present feature, when the game ball flowing down is not approaching the sound intake hole, it is possible to hold the outflow restricting portion in the non-regulated state, so the ball from the sound passage It is not necessary to restrict the transmission of sound to the aisle. Therefore, both the release of sound from the ball passage and the discharge of the gaming ball can be properly performed.

  Feature A9. The gaming machine according to Feature A8, wherein the outflow restricting part returns from the restricted state to the non-restricted state by the game ball passing and releasing the pressure.

  According to the feature A9, when the gaming ball passes the periphery of the sound intake hole in the ball passage, the outflow restricting portion is restricted only for a very short period, so that the period during which the sound passage from the sound passage is interrupted It can be made extremely short. Therefore, even if the outflow of the game ball to the sound passage is restricted, it is possible to suppress that the rendering effect by the sound emitted from the ball passage is significantly reduced.

  Note that, as the configuration in which the outflow restricting part returns from the restricted state to the non-restricted state, the outflow restricting part is elastically deformed along with the transition from the non-restricted state to the restricted state, and occurs due to the elastic deformation. A configuration provided with an urging member for returning the outflow restricting portion from the restricted state to the non-restricted state by an urging force, or a configuration in which the outflow restricting portion returns from the restricted state to the non-regulated state by its own weight. Can be mentioned.

  Feature A10. When the outflow restricting portion is not pressed by the game ball flowing down, the ball passage is divided into an upstream side and a downstream side in the non-restricting state, the feature A8 or A9 characterized in that The gaming machine described in.

  According to the feature A10, since the outflow restriction unit in the non-regulation state is present on the outflow path of the gaming ball in the ball passage, the gaming ball flowing down the ball passage regulates the outflow restriction portion from the non-regulation state It is possible to realize the configuration of pressing in the direction of shifting to

  Also, if the outflow restricting portion is formed of a member that restricts the transmission of sound, such as a plate, the outflow restricting portion is downstream when the sound taken into the ball passage through the sound intake hole is in the non-restricted state. While not restricting transmission to the side (ball bowl), it restricts transmission of the sound to the upstream side (opposite to the ball bowl). In this case, since the sound transmitted to the ball passage through the sound intake hole is suppressed from diffusing toward the upstream side of the ball passage, the game from the ball passage is compared to the configuration in which the transmission of the sound to the upstream side is not restricted. The sound emitted to the front of the aircraft can be increased.

Characteristics A11. A gaming machine main body (inner frame 13) having the gaming board;
A gaming machine front body (front door frame 14) having the ball receptacle and rotatably provided in front of the gaming machine with respect to the gaming machine main body;
Equipped with
The ball passage has a front passage portion (front door side lower plate passage portion 273) provided on the front face of the gaming machine and communicating with the ball receiving plate,
The gaming machine front body according to any one of the features A1 to A10 characterized in that it has a passage unit (front door side passage unit 45) forming the air chamber and the front passage portion. Gaming machine.

  According to the feature A11, since the front passage portion and the air chamber are integrated with each other to form the passage unit, it is troublesome to separately mount the front passage portion and the air chamber on the front face of the game machine There is no need to Further, by producing the passage unit in advance, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of sound leakage between the front passage portion and the air chamber.

Feature A12. The gaming machine front body has a base body (base frame 231) to which the speaker and the passage unit are attached,
The passage unit has a speaker opening (speaker opening 336) that opens the air chamber toward the speaker, and the rear portion of the speaker is stored in the air chamber through the speaker opening. The gaming machine according to feature A11, wherein the gaming machine is attached to a back surface of the base body in a state where

  According to the feature A12, since the opening for the speaker is formed in the passage unit, it is possible to attach the speaker to the base body of the game machine front body in advance and then attach the passage unit to the base body Become. That is, the passage unit and the speaker can be separately attached to the base body.

  Here, in the speaker, since the sound is output in accordance with the vibration of the diaphragm, it is preferable to firmly attach the speaker to the front face of the game machine so that the fixed state is not unstable due to the vibration. On the other hand, by separately attaching the passage unit and the speaker to the base body, it is possible to directly fix the speaker to the base body instead of fixing the speaker to the base body via the passage unit. The fixing strength of the speaker with respect to the base body can be sufficiently secured.

  Feature A13. The gaming machine according to any one of features A1 to A12, wherein the air chamber is disposed at a position not overlapping the ball passage in the longitudinal direction of the gaming machine.

  According to the feature A13, since the air chamber is disposed at a position not overlapping the ball passage in the longitudinal direction of the gaming machine, by installing the speaker system in the gaming machine, the thickness dimension of the gaming machine becomes excessively large. It can be suppressed. In addition, after realizing the configuration to improve the sound quality by the enclosure, the space position of the ball passage in the width direction of the gaming machine, the upper position and the lower position are not used as dead space but used effectively as installation space of the air chamber can do.

  Feature A14. The gaming machine according to any one of the features A1 to A13, wherein the sound capturing hole is provided at a separated position spaced apart from the flow-down path of the gaming ball in the outer peripheral portion of the ball passage.

  In the configuration in which the sound intake hole is formed on the outer periphery of the ball passage, the game ball passing through the ball passage flows out from the sound intake hole to the air chamber side, and the sound intake hole becomes a factor that inhibits the flow of the game ball Is concerned. On the other hand, according to the feature A14, since the sound capturing hole is separated from the flow-down path of the gaming ball, the sound capturing hole inhibits the flow-down of the gaming ball, and the gaming ball flows out from the ball passage Can be suppressed. Also, since the sound capturing hole is separated from the flow path of the gaming ball, the sound capturing hole is less likely to be blocked by the flowing gaming ball, so the back side of the speaker even in a situation where the gaming ball is flowing The sound output from the camera is properly taken into the ball passage through the sound taking hole. Therefore, it is possible to realize a configuration in which both the gaming ball and the sound are properly released from the ball passage to the ball receptacle.

Feature A15. The ball passage has a horizontal passage (upper horizontal passage 284, lower horizontal passage 286) extending in the width direction or the depth direction of the gaming machine,
The gaming machine according to any one of the features A1 to A14, wherein the air chamber is disposed below the lateral passage portion.

  In the configuration in which the ball passage has the lateral passage portion, the gaming ball which has not been introduced into the ball passage can be guided to a predetermined position by flowing down along the upper surface of the outer periphery of the ball passage. That is, it is possible to effectively use the space above the ball passage as a collecting space for the game balls.

  On the other hand, according to the feature A15, the lower space of the lateral passage portion can be effectively used as the installation space of the air chamber. As a result, in the limited space inside the gaming machine, the speaker system can be suitably constructed without restricting other functions related to the ball passage.

Feature A16. The ball passage is
It has a vertical passage (longitudinal passage 285) disposed on the downstream side of the lateral passage and extending downward from the downstream end of the lateral passage,
The gaming machine according to feature A15, wherein the sound intake hole is provided in a side surface portion (vertical portion 342b of the lower tray passage partition portion 342) below the horizontal passage portion.

  In the configuration in which the air chamber and the ball passage communicate with each other through the sound intake hole, the game ball passing through the ball passage may flow out from the sound intake hole to the air chamber side, or the sound intake hole may inhibit the flow of the game ball There is concern that it will be. In particular, in the configuration in which the air chamber is disposed below the lateral passage portion, it is assumed that a sound intake hole is formed on the lower surface portion of the lateral passage portion. There is a concern that the sound intake holes may block the flow of the game balls from the holes to the air chamber side in the lateral passage portion.

  On the other hand, according to the feature A16, in the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion, the sound intake hole is disposed at the position on the side of the entry corner of the vertical passage portion and the horizontal passage portion. The game ball which has passed through flows down the vertical passage while moving to the side away from the sound intake hole. In this case, since it is difficult for the game ball to pass over the sound intake hole and to flow downward toward the sound intake hole, the game ball flowing down the vertical passage portion is from the sound intake hole to the air chamber side It is possible to suppress the outflow and the sound intake hole from blocking the flow of the gaming ball in the vertical passage portion.

  Feature A17. The sound intake hole is extended downward from the floor of the horizontal passage (the horizontal portion 342a of the lower tray passage partition 342) at the side of the vertical passage. Of gaming machines.

  According to the feature A17, since the sound intake hole can be disposed immediately below the horizontal passage portion in the vertical passage portion, it is possible to ensure that the gaming ball flowing down from the horizontal passage portion toward the vertical passage portion contacts the sound intake hole. It can be suppressed. Therefore, even if the sound intake hole is formed in the vertical passage, the game ball can be properly discharged to the ball receptacle regardless of the sound intake hole.

Feature A18. A game board (play board 60a) in which a game area in which game balls flow down is formed;
A game ball launcher (game ball launch mechanism 110) for launching a game ball based on a launch device;
An induction rail (induction rail 100) which is provided on the game board and guides the game ball emitted from the game ball launching means toward the game area;
A recovery passage (Fall) having a recovery port (recovery port 281a) for recovering the gaming balls coming back to the guide rail toward the gaming ball launching means, and guiding the recovered gaming balls toward the ball receptacle Ball passage 118),
Equipped with
The gaming machine according to any one of the features A15 to A17, wherein the recovery passage is provided on the upper side of the lateral passage portion in a state of extending along the lateral passage portion.

  According to the feature A18, in the configuration in which the upper space of the lateral passage portion is used as a collection space for farballs flowing back from the game area, the air chamber is disposed below the lateral passage portion, so the speaker system By installing the air chamber, it is possible to avoid that the arrangement of the recovery passage is restricted or the function of the recovery passage is reduced.

Features A19. A gaming machine main body (inner frame 13) having a gaming board (playing board 60a);
A gaming machine front body (front door frame 14) having the ball receptacle and rotatably provided in front of the gaming machine with respect to the gaming machine main body;
Equipped with
The ball passage is
A first passage (a front door lower tray passage 273) provided on the front face of the gaming machine and guiding the game balls received at the entrance (outside opening 279) to the ball receptacle;
A second passage portion (back pack side lower plate passage portion 259, inner frame side lower plate passage portion 263) which constitutes the upstream side than the first passage portion and guides the gaming ball to the inlet portion;
Have
The ball receiving passage (ball receiving passage 289) for receiving the game balls overflowing from the entrance with the opening of the front face of the game machine with respect to the game machine main body and guiding the received game balls to the collection port The gaming machine according to any one of features A15 to A18, wherein the gaming machine is provided on the upper side of the lateral passage portion in a state of extending along the passage portion.

  According to the feature A19, since the upper space of the lateral passage portion is used as a collection space for the overflow ball overflowing from the inlet portion of the first passage portion, the air chamber is disposed below the lateral passage portion. Thus, it is possible to prevent the air chamber from restricting the arrangement of the recovery passage and the ball receiving passage and preventing the functions of the recovery passage and the ball receiving passage from being deteriorated.

  Feature A20. The gaming machine according to any one of features A1 to A19, wherein the air chamber is disposed above the ball passage.

  According to the feature A20, the space above the ball passage can be effectively used as the installation space of the air chamber.

  Feature A21. The gaming machine according to feature A20, wherein the sound intake hole is provided in a ceiling portion of the ball passage (a vertical passage portion 452b of the lower tray passage partition 452).

  According to the feature A21, since the sound intake hole is formed in the upper surface portion of the lateral passage portion, it is difficult for the flowing ball to contact the sound intake hole in the lateral passage portion. . Therefore, it is possible to suppress the game balls flowing down the lateral passage portion from flowing out to the air chamber side from the sound intake hole, and the sound intake hole blocking the flow down of the gaming balls in the lateral passage portion.

  Feature A22. The gaming machine according to any one of the features A1 to A21, wherein a plurality of the sound capturing holes are provided as small holes which do not allow a game ball to pass through.

  According to the feature A22, since the gaming ball can not pass through the sound capturing hole which is a small hole, it is possible to suppress the outflow of the gaming ball from the ball passage. Moreover, since the middle to high range of the sound is easily attenuated by the output sound from the rear side of the speaker passing through the plurality of small holes, the low range of the sound emitted from the ball passage is clearly heard You can do so. For this reason, by using the configuration for preventing the game balls from flowing out of the ball passage, it is possible to enhance the rendering effect by the bass.

Feature A23. The ball passage includes a horizontal passage portion (upper stage horizontal passage portion 284) extending in the width direction or depth direction of the gaming machine, and a vertical passage portion (longitudinal passage portion 285) connected to the horizontal passage portion and extending in the vertical direction. Have,
A plurality of the sound taking-in holes are provided at each outer peripheral part of the horizontal passage part and the vertical passage part as small holes which do not allow the game ball to pass through, and any one of the features A1 to A22 The gaming machine described in one.

  According to the feature A23, since the gaming ball can not pass through the sound capturing hole which is a small hole, it is possible to suppress the outflow of the gaming ball from the ball passage. Moreover, since the middle to high range of the sound is easily attenuated by the output sound from the rear side of the speaker passing through the plurality of small holes, the low range of the sound emitted from the ball passage is clearly heard You can do so. For this reason, by using the configuration for preventing the game balls from flowing out of the ball passage, it is possible to enhance the rendering effect by the bass.

  Furthermore, since the direction in which the sound from the air chamber is transmitted differs between the horizontal passage portion and the vertical passage portion, it is possible to create an environment in which the low range of the sound is easily amplified and the middle and high range is easily attenuated. Thereby, the rendering effect by the bass can be further enhanced.

<Feature B group>
The invention of the following feature B group is effective for the following problems.

  A gaming machine such as a pachinko machine is provided with a speaker capable of outputting a sound such as a sound effect (see, for example, JP-A-2005-261808). In the gaming machine, the sound output from the speaker is emitted toward the front of the gaming machine.

  However, there is still room for improvement in the configuration in which the sound output from the sound output means such as a speaker is emitted to the front of the gaming machine.

Feature B1. A ball receptacle (lower plate 34) provided in a state of being exposed forward of the gaming machine and storing gaming balls,
A ball passage (front door side lower plate passage portion 273) for discharging gaming balls to the ball receptacle;
A speaker (lower speaker 30a) which has a diaphragm (diaphragm 30b) and outputs a sound according to the vibration of the diaphragm;
A sound intake hole (lower dish passage hole 344) which is provided on an outer peripheral portion of the ball passage (a vertical portion 342b of the lower dish passage partition 342) and takes in the sound output from the speaker into the ball passage;
An opening and closing member (regulating member 363) for opening and closing the sound intake hole;
Equipped with
A game machine characterized in that the open / close member regulates that an output sound from the speaker is taken into the ball passage through the sound take-in hole according to an opening degree to the sound take-in hole.

  According to the feature B1, since the speaker has a specific diaphragm, when the sound is output from the speaker, it is not necessary for the outer peripheral portion of the ball passage to play a role as an external diaphragm. For this reason, the sound emission from the ball passage is stopped by simply closing the sound intake hole with the opening and closing member. In this case, since the emission of sound from the ball passage can be stopped without stopping the output of sound from the speaker, for example, the sound emitting unit that emits the output sound from the speaker is other than the ball passage. If the configuration is also provided, sound emission from the sound passage can be stopped while sound emission from the other sound emitting units is continued.

  As described above, it is possible to increase the degree of freedom regarding the aspect in which the output sound from the speaker is emitted to the outside of the gaming machine. That is, it is possible to provide a configuration suitable for emitting the sound output from the speaker to the front of the gaming machine.

  When the sound intake hole is closed by the opening and closing body, even if the transmission of all the sounds can not be blocked by the opening and closing body, from the ball passage depending on whether the opening and closing body is open or closed. It is possible to make a difference in the volume of the sound emitted. Therefore, it is possible to increase the degree of freedom regarding the aspect in which the output sound from the speaker is emitted to the outside of the gaming machine.

  Feature B2. The gaming machine according to feature B1, wherein the opening and closing body performs a closing operation to reduce the opening degree by being pressed by a game ball flowing down the ball passage.

  According to the feature B2, when the game ball flowing down presses the opening and closing body, the opening and closing body performs a closing operation to restrict transmission of the output sound from the speaker to the ball passage. For this reason, even if it does not forcibly close an opening-closing body by drive parts, such as a motor, discharge | emission of the sound from a ball passage can be restrict | limited. Thus, by utilizing the flow of the game balls, it is possible to increase the degree of freedom regarding the manner of sound emission to the outside of the game machine.

  Also, the player can detect that the gaming ball is discharged to the ball receptacle through the ball passage by interrupting the sound emitted from the ball passage.

  Feature B3. The gaming machine according to the feature B2, wherein the opening and closing body performs an opening operation to increase the opening degree by the game ball passing and releasing the press.

  According to the feature B3, in the configuration in which the flowing game ball performs the closing operation of the opening and closing body, the opening and closing body performs the opening operation after the game ball passes, so the release of sound from the ball passage is restricted by the opening and closing body Period will be extremely short. In this case, since the sounds emitted from the ball passage are momentarily interrupted by the plurality of game balls flowing down the ball passage, the gaming machine is adapted to the payout mode of the game balls to the ball receptacle. The manner of sound emission to the outside will change. For this reason, the rendering effect can be enhanced by the sound emitted from the ball passage.

  In addition, the player can detect the number of gaming balls paid out to the ball receptacle from the state of interruption of the sound without visually recognizing the ball receptacle.

  Note that, as the configuration in which the opening degree to the sound capturing hole is increased by the game ball passing through the opening / closing body and releasing the pressure, the opening / closing body elastically deforms as the opening degree of the opening / closing body decreases. There is a configuration provided with an urging member that increases the opening degree of the opening / closing body by an urging force generated by the elastic deformation, and a configuration in which the outflow restricting portion returns from the restricted state to the unregulated state by its own weight of the outflow restricting portion. It can be mentioned.

  Feature B4. The opening and closing body is to open and close the sound intake hole by rotating, and is pressed by the game ball flowing down the ball passage when in the open state opened toward the ball passage side. A game machine according to any one of features B1 to B3, characterized in that it is possible to perform a closing operation to reduce the opening degree.

  According to the feature B4, the structure in which the opening / closing body is closed when the game ball flowing down presses the opening / closing body can be realized by simply providing the opening / closing body rotatably. Thus, by utilizing the flow of the game balls, it is possible to increase the degree of freedom regarding the manner of sound emission to the outside of the game machine.

  Feature B5. The opening / closing body is characterized in that the ball passage is divided into an upstream side and a downstream side on the upstream side of the sound intake hole as the open state, when not pressed by the game ball. The gaming machine according to the feature B4.

  According to the feature B5, when the opening and closing body is in the partitioned state, the gaming ball flowing down the ball passage presses the opening and closing body toward the downstream side. For this reason, according to the flow of a game ball, the emission aspect of the sound from a ball passage can be changed certainly. In addition, when the opening and closing body is in the partitioned state, the sound transmitting to the ball passage through the sound intake hole is restricted by the opening and closing body to be transmitted upstream, so that the transmission of sound to the upstream side is not restricted. The sound emitted from the ball passage can be made larger than in the case of

Feature B6. A drive unit (regulating drive unit 366) for opening and closing the opening and closing body;
Control means (sub-MPU 432 of the notification and effect control device 143) for shifting the open / close member between the closed state and the open state by performing drive control of the drive unit;
The gaming machine according to any one of the features B1 to B5, comprising:

  According to the feature B6, since the control means forcibly shifts the open / close member to the closed state, it is possible to stop the emission of the sound from the ball passage at any timing without stopping the driving of the speaker. become. In this case, the state in which the release of sound from the ball passage is stopped (the open / close body is in the closed state) and the state in which the release of sound from the ball passage is not stopped (the open / close body is in the open state) Since this becomes possible, it is possible to diversify the effects by the sound emitted from the ball passage.

Feature B7. The control means
Effect determination means (function to execute the processing of steps S805 and S806) for determining whether or not to perform sound restriction effect for limiting the release of sound to the outside of the gaming machine;
Closing execution means (function of executing the processing of steps S803 and S807) for holding the open / close member in a closed state for a predetermined period when it is determined by the effect determination means that the sound restriction effect is to be performed;
The gaming machine according to feature B6, characterized in that

  According to the feature B7, if the state in which the sound is emitted from the ball passage is a normal effect, the state in which the sound emission from the ball passage is stopped is used as one of the effects (sound restriction effect) be able to. Moreover, since it is possible to both start the sound restriction effect at any timing and to end the sound restriction effect at any timing, the opening / closing timing of the opening / closing body is set so that the sound restriction effect is emphasized. By doing this, it is possible to enhance the rendering effect by utilizing the release and stop of the sound from the ball passage.

Feature B8. A pattern display device (pattern display device 75) for performing variable display of a plurality of types of patterns;
When the variation start condition of the plurality of types of patterns is satisfied, the pattern display device is configured to start the variation display of the plurality of types of patterns and display the stop result after the variation display according to the preset variation mode. Display control means (display control device 170) for controlling display of
Equipped with
The effect determination means determines that the sound restriction effect is to be performed when the lottery for performing the sound restriction effect is won and the variable display is performed on the pattern display device.
The game machine according to feature B7, wherein the closing execution means holds the open / close member in the closed state when the variable display is performed on the pattern display device.

  According to the feature B8, since the period in which the emission of sound from the ball passage is limited and the period in which the sound passage is not restricted coexist in the situation where the variation display of the pattern is performed, the period from the ball passage Depending on the presence or absence of the restriction of sound emission, it is possible to make a difference in the degree of expectation for the fluctuation display of the pattern. As described above, the effect effect in the situation where the variation display of the pattern is performed can be enhanced by the sound restriction effect.

Feature B9. In the mode of the variable display displayed on the symbol display device, the symbols other than the final stop symbol are selected from the symbols having the possibility that the combination of the symbols determined to give the player a benefit is determined. The reach change display is included that changes and displays the final stop design under the condition that the stop display is made after the start of the change display,
The effect determination means determines that the sound restriction effect is to be performed when the reach change display is performed as the change display.
The game according to the feature B8, wherein the closing execution means holds the opening / closing body in the closed state when the reach change display is performed as the change display in the pattern display device. Machine.

  As the reach fluctuation display has higher expectation for the stop result compared to other fluctuation displays, it is possible that the sound restriction effect is performed in the situation where the reach fluctuation display is performed as in the feature B9 by the sound It is effective in enhancing the stage effects. Moreover, even if the reach variation display of the same mode is differentiated between the case where the sound restriction effect is performed and the case where it is not performed, it is necessary to further enhance the effect during the reach change display. Can.

Feature B10. The reach change display mode includes the first reach change display (normal reach A, B) and the second reach change display (super reach A to C) in which the change display period is longer than that of the first reach change display. Are
The effect determination means determines that the sound restriction effect is to be performed when the second reach change display is performed as the reach change display.
The closing execution means holds the opening / closing body in the closed state when the second reach change display is performed as the reach change display on the pattern display device. The gaming machine described.

  Since the second reach change display has higher expectation for the stop result than the first reach change display, the sound restriction effect is performed when the second reach change display is performed as in the feature B10. The thing is effective in enhancing the stage effect by the sound. Moreover, even with the second reach change display of the same aspect, the effect is achieved while the second reach change display is being performed because it is differentiated between when the sound restriction effect is performed and when it is not performed. Can be further enhanced.

<Feature C group>
The invention of the following feature C group is effective for the following problems.

  A gaming machine such as a pachinko machine is provided with a speaker capable of outputting a sound such as a sound effect (see, for example, JP-A-2005-261808). In the gaming machine, the sound output from the speaker is emitted toward the front of the gaming machine.

  However, there is still room for improvement in the configuration in which the sound output from the sound output means such as a speaker is emitted to the front of the gaming machine.

Feature C1. A ball receptacle (lower plate 34) provided in a state of being exposed forward of the gaming machine and storing gaming balls,
A ball passage (front door side lower plate passage portion 273) for discharging gaming balls to the ball receptacle;
A speaker (lower speaker 30a) which has a diaphragm (diaphragm 30b) and outputs a sound according to the vibration of the diaphragm;
A sound intake hole (lower dish passage hole 344) which is provided on an outer peripheral portion of the ball passage (a vertical portion 342b of the lower dish passage partition 342) and takes in the sound output from the speaker into the ball passage;
A partition that can be shifted to a partitioned state in which the ball passage is divided into an upstream side and a downstream side on the upstream side than the sound intake hole, and a flow permission state that permits the flow of gaming balls by releasing the partition. (Regulating member 363, partition member 461),
A game machine characterized by comprising:

  According to the feature C1, since the speaker has a specific diaphragm, when the sound is output from the speaker, it is not necessary for the outer peripheral portion of the ball passage to play a role as an external diaphragm. Therefore, simply dividing the ball passage into the upstream side and the downstream side by the partition body restricts the transmission of the sound taken into the ball passage from the sound intake hole to the opposite side (upstream side) to the ball receiving plate. it can. Therefore, when the partitioning body is in the partitioning state, it is possible to enhance the emission efficiency when the output sound from the speaker is emitted through the ball passage.

  Here, in a gaming machine in which gaming balls are paid out from the ball passage to the ball receptacle, when an illegal jig such as a wire is inserted into the ball passage, the gaming ball is operated by the payout device or the like by the illegal jig. Is concerned that it is illegally paid out. On the other hand, when the partition body is in the partition state, the unauthorized body can be prevented from invading the upstream side of the ball passage by the partition body. For this reason, in accordance with the flow-down timing of the game ball, the partition body capable of enhancing the sound emission efficiency from the ball passage exerts a suppressing force against the unauthorized jig being inserted into the ball passage. Become.

  As described above, in the gaming machine in which the output sound from the speaker is emitted through the ball passage, the emission efficiency of the sound can be enhanced, and moreover, it can be suppressed that the gaming ball is illegally paid out. That is, it is possible to provide a configuration suitable for emitting the sound output from the speaker to the front of the gaming machine.

  When the partition is in the partition state, in addition to the transmission of the sound to the upstream side of the ball passage, the flow of the gaming ball is also restricted by the partition, so that the game ball can not be discharged to the ball receptacle. On the other hand, since the partition can be shifted to the flow-down permission state, it is possible to allow the gaming ball to pass the partition position by the partition. Thus, it is possible to restrict the diffusion of the output sound from the speaker to the upstream side in the ball passage, and at the same time, the gaming ball can be properly discharged to the ball receptacle.

  Feature C2. The gaming machine according to the feature C1, wherein the partition body is shifted from the partition state to the flow-down permitted state by being pressed by a game ball flowing down the ball passage.

  When the partition moves from the partition state to the flow-down permission state, the gaming ball can pass through the partition position by the partition, while the illegal jig inserted in the ball passage breaks through the partition position and is upstream There is a concern that it will invade the side.

  On the other hand, according to the feature C2, since the partitioning body shifts from the partitioning state to the flow-down permitting state as the game ball passes the partitioning position by the partitioning body, for example, the partitioning body by the drive unit such as a motor Unlike the configuration in which the game balls pass through the partition position after forcibly shifting to the flow-down permission state, there is no time lag between the transition of the partition body into the flow-down permission state and the game balls passing through the partition position It is supposed to be. For this reason, it is possible to suppress an injustice in which an unauthorized jig penetrates deep in the ball passage according to the flow-down timing of the game ball.

  Feature C3. The gaming machine according to the feature C2, wherein the partitioning body returns from the flow-down permission state to the partitioning state when the game ball passes and the pressing is released.

  According to the feature C3, when the gaming ball passes the periphery of the sound intake hole in the ball passage, the partition body is allowed to flow down only for a very short period, so even if an illegal jig is inserted into the ball passage , There is only a momentary timing for the incorrect jig to break through the partition position by the partition. For this reason, it is possible to more reliably suppress the fraudulent act of invading the fraudulent jig deep in the ball passage according to the flow-down timing of the game ball.

  In addition, as a configuration in which the partition body returns from the flow permission state to the partition state, the partition body is elastically deformed along with the transition from the partition state to the flow permission state, and an injustice force generated by the elastic deformation There is a configuration provided with an urging member for returning the partition body from the flow permission state to the partition state, and a configuration in which the outflow restricting portion returns from the restricted state to the non-restricted state by its own weight of the outflow restricting portion. .

  Feature C4. The partition moves from the partitioned state to the flow-down permitted state by rotating in a direction in which the rotating tip moves to the downstream side, while the rotating tip is on the upstream side in the partitioned state The gaming machine according to any one of the features C1 to C3 characterized in that it does not rotate in the direction of movement to the side.

  According to the feature C4, when the partitioning body is in the partitioning state, the partitioning body does not rotate toward the upstream side of the ball passage, so that, for example, the partitioning body is formed by the illegal jig inserted by the suspicious person into the ball passage Even if it tries to push open toward the upstream side, the illegal jig can not break through the dividing position by the dividing body. As a result, it is possible to preferably exert a suppressing force against the intrusion of the incorrect jig into the ball passage.

  Feature C5. It is provided that a rotation stopper (rotation stopper 365) for restricting the rotation of the partition in the partitioned state toward the upstream side is provided at a position where it is hooked on the rotation tip of the partition. The gaming machine according to the feature C4, which is a feature.

  According to the feature C5, since the turning tip of the partition is caught by the turning stopper, the suspicious person forcibly deforms the turning tip of the partition with an incorrect jig and tries to force open the partition. , It is impossible to deform the pivoting tip side of the partition body itself. Therefore, a deterrent force can be suitably exerted against fraud that attempts to intrude the fraudulent jig deep into the ball passage.

  Feature C6. The partition is an opening and closing member that opens and closes the sound intake hole, and can be shifted to the partition state by performing an opening operation on the sound intake hole, and the sound intake hole is closed. The gaming machine according to any one of the features C1 to C5, wherein it is possible to shift to the flow permission state by performing an operation.

  In the configuration in which the sound intake hole is provided on the outer periphery of the ball passage, there is a concern that the gaming ball flowing down the ball passage may flow out of the ball passage through the sound intake hole depending on the size and shape of the sound intake hole. . On the other hand, according to the feature C6, since the partition body can close the sound intake hole when it is in the flow permission state, the sound intake is allowed while the game ball is allowed to flow in the ball passage. It is possible to prevent the game ball from flowing out of the ball passage from the hole.

  In addition, when the partition body is in the partition state, since the sound intake hole is opened, even if the illegal jig inserted in the ball passage reaches the partition body, the illegal jig is the ball passage It is also possible for the partition body to guide the fraudulent jig to the sound intake hole while restricting the progress to the upstream side by the partition body. In this case, by guiding the fraudulent jig to the outside of the ball passage from the sound intake hole, it can be suppressed that the fraudulent jig penetrates deep in the ball passage.

  Feature C7. When the partition body is in the partitioned state, the sound intake hole is opened by extending toward the ball passage flush with the inner peripheral surface of the sound intake hole or from the inner side than the inner peripheral surface. The gaming machine according to feature C6, characterized in that:

  According to the feature C7, when the partition is in the partition state, since the partition is not separated upstream from the sound intake hole in the ball passage, the incorrect jig temporarily inserted in the ball passage extends to the partition Even if it reaches, the illegitimate jig will be guided to the sound intake hole by moving along the plate surface of the partition. In this case, even a position of the ball passage can not be grasped on the upstream side of the partition body for the suspicious person who has inserted the illegal jig into the ball passage.

Feature C8. A drive unit (regulating drive unit 366) for performing state transition of the partition body;
Control means (sub-MPU 432 of the notification and effect control device 143) capable of causing the partition body to shift to the divided state and the flow-down permitted state by performing drive control of the drive unit;
The gaming machine according to any one of the features C1 to C7, comprising:

  According to the feature C8, for example, it is possible to shift the partitioning body to the partitioning state or the flow-down permission state at any timing according to the discharge state of the gaming ball from the ball passage to the ball receptacle. For this reason, priority is given to preventing the insertion of the incorrect jig into the ball passage, priority to increase the sound emission efficiency from the ball passage, and discharge of the game ball from the ball passage to the ball receptacle. Can be used properly as appropriate. As a result, it is possible to realize all of enhancing the sound emission efficiency from the ball passage, suppressing improper payout of the gaming ball, and properly discharging the gaming ball to the ball receptacle.

Feature C9. The control means
A unit (function for executing the processing of step S804) for determining whether or not the gaming state is in a special gaming state (opening / closing execution mode) advantageous to the player;
A unit (function to execute the processing of step S803) for shifting the partition body to the flow permission state when it is determined that the game state is in the special game state;
A game machine according to C8, comprising:

  According to the feature C9, when the gaming state is in the special gaming state, the partition body is maintained in the flow-down permission state, so a large number of gaming balls are continuously discharged from the ball passage to the ball receiving tray as prize balls. Even so, the partition body is less likely to be a hindrance to the flow of those gaming balls. Therefore, a large number of gaming balls can be properly paid out to the ball receptacle.

  In addition, when a large number of game balls are flowing down the ball passage continuously, the game balls may be a hindrance to inserting an incorrect jig, or the player may be given a profit by the game balls, etc. Because of this, it is assumed that the possibility of the fraudulent jig being inserted into the ball passage is low. Therefore, if the gaming state is in the special gaming state, even if the partition body is not in the partitioning state, the deterrence against insertion of the unauthorized jig into the ball passage is not significantly reduced.

Feature C10. The control means
A unit (function to execute the process of step S802) for determining whether or not the ball receptacle is full of gaming balls;
A unit (function to execute the process of step S803) for causing the partition body to shift to the flow-down permitted state when it is determined that the ball receiving tray is full;
A game machine according to feature C8 or C9 characterized by comprising:

  According to the feature C10, when the ball receptacle is full, the partition is kept in the flow permission state, and therefore, even if the game balls are stacked in the ball passage, the partition is the stack of the game balls. It is less likely to be a hindrance to rising. For this reason, it is possible to suppress that the partition body is deformed or damaged with the stacking of the game balls.

  It should be noted that if the ball tray is full, it may be unlawful because the game ball is a hindrance to the insertion of the incorrect jig, or that the player is given a profit by the game ball, etc. It is assumed that the tool is unlikely to be inserted into the ball passage. Therefore, when the ball receiving tray is full, even if the partition is not in the partitioned state, the deterrent force against the unauthorized jig being inserted in the ball passage is not significantly reduced.

Feature C11. A ball detection means (full detection sensor 280) for detecting that the gaming balls are stacked in the ball passage is provided downstream of the sound capturing hole in the ball passage,
The game control apparatus according to the feature C10, wherein the control means determines that the ball receiving tray is full when stacking of gaming balls in the ball passage is detected by the ball detection means. Machine.

  According to the feature C11, when the bowl is full, it is possible to shift the partition body to the flow permission state before the gaming balls stacked in the ball passage reach the sound intake holes. Thereby, it is possible to more reliably suppress that the partition body is deformed or damaged with the stacking of the game balls.

<Feature D group>
The invention of the following feature D group is effective for the following problems.

  A gaming machine such as a pachinko machine is provided with a speaker capable of outputting a sound such as a sound effect (see, for example, JP-A-2005-261808). In the gaming machine, the sound output from the speaker is emitted toward the front of the gaming machine.

  However, there is still room for improvement in the configuration in which the sound output from the sound output means such as a speaker is emitted to the front of the gaming machine.

Feature D1. A ball receptacle (lower plate 34) provided in a state of being exposed forward of the gaming machine and storing gaming balls,
A ball passage (front door side lower plate passage portion 273) for discharging gaming balls to the ball receptacle;
A speaker (lower speaker 30a) which has a diaphragm (diaphragm 30b) and outputs a sound according to the vibration of the diaphragm;
A sound intake hole (lower dish passage hole 344) which is provided on an outer peripheral portion of the ball passage (a vertical portion 342b of the lower dish passage partition 342) and takes in the sound output from the speaker into the ball passage;
A suppression mechanism (a restriction member 363) for suppressing the game ball from flowing out of the ball passage through the sound intake hole;
A game machine characterized by comprising:

  According to the feature D1, since the speaker has a specific diaphragm, unlike the configuration in which the outer peripheral portion of the ball passage is used as an external diaphragm, the speaker is disposed at a position separated from the ball passage Becomes possible. Even in this case, the sound intake hole is provided at the outer peripheral portion of the ball passage, so that the output sound from the speaker can be taken into the ball passage through the sound intake hole. In addition, since the control mechanism is provided for the sound intake hole, it is possible to restrict the game ball from flowing out of the ball passage through the sound intake hole.

  As described above, in the gaming machine in which sound is emitted from the ball passage, it is possible to preferably take in the output sound from the speaker to the ball passage and properly discharge the gaming ball from the ball passage to the ball receptacle. it can. That is, it is possible to provide a configuration suitable for emitting the sound output from the speaker to the front of the gaming machine.

  Feature D2. The gaming machine according to feature D1, wherein the suppression mechanism is configured such that the sound intake hole is disposed at a separated position spaced apart from the flow-down path of the gaming ball in the ball passage.

  According to the feature D2, since the sound receiving hole is separated from the flow-down path of the gaming ball, it is possible to suppress the game ball from flowing out from the sound receiving hole. Also, since the sound capturing hole is separated from the flow path of the gaming ball, the sound capturing hole is less likely to be blocked by the flowing gaming ball, so the output from the speaker is even in a situation where the gaming ball is flowing Sound will be properly taken into the ball passage through the sound taking hole. Therefore, it is possible to realize a configuration in which both the gaming ball and the sound are released from the ball passage to the ball receptacle.

Feature D3. The ball passage has a vertical passage (longitudinal passage 285) extending in the vertical direction,
In the feature D1 or D2, the suppression mechanism is configured by providing the sound intake hole in the side surface portion (the vertical portion 342b of the lower tray channel partition 342) of the vertical channel. The gaming machine described.

  According to the feature D3, the sound capturing hole can be arranged at a position not overlapping the flow-down path of the gaming ball in the ball passage. For this reason, even if the sound intake hole is made into a size and a shape that allows passage of the game ball, it is possible to suppress the game ball from flowing out from the ball passage through the sound intake hole.

Feature D4. The ball passage has a horizontal passage (upper horizontal passage 284, lower horizontal passage 286) extending laterally from the upstream end of the vertical passage,
The sound intake hole is a lower side portion (lower tray passage partition) extending downward from a floor of the horizontal passage portion (horizontal portion 342a of the lower tray passage partition 342) as the side portion of the vertical passage portion. The gaming machine according to the feature D3, which is provided in the vertical portion 342b) of the portion 342.

  According to the feature D4, in the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion, the sound taking-in hole is disposed at the position on the inner corner portion side of the vertical passage portion and the horizontal passage portion. Will move down the vertical passage while moving away from the sound intake hole. In this case, since it is difficult for the game balls to flow down toward the sound intake hole, it is possible to suppress the game balls flowing down the vertical passage portion from flowing out of the sound intake hole to the outside of the ball passage.

  Feature D5. The gaming machine according to the feature D4, wherein the sound intake hole extends downward from the floor at the lower side surface.

  According to the feature D5, since the sound intake hole can be disposed immediately below the horizontal passage portion in the vertical passage portion, it is possible to more reliably make contact with the sound intake hole the gaming ball flowing down from the horizontal passage portion toward the vertical passage portion. It can be suppressed. Therefore, even if the sound intake hole is formed in the vertical passage, the game ball can be properly discharged to the ball receptacle regardless of the sound intake hole.

  Feature D6. The said suppression mechanism is characterized by having the outflow control part (regulation member 363) which regulates the outflow of the game ball from the sound taking-in hole by being provided to the sound taking-in hole. The gaming machine according to any one of D1 to D5.

  According to the feature D6, since the outflow restricting portion is provided to the sound intake hole, even if the gaming ball advances toward the sound intake hole, the gaming ball can be repelled by the outflow restricting portion. In this case, the outflow restricting portion regulates the outflow of the gaming ball from the sound intake hole even if the sound intake hole is not sized or shaped so that the game ball can not pass through, so the sound intake efficiency from the sound intake hole is excessive. The opening area of the sound intake hole can be set large to such an extent that it does not decrease. Thereby, it can control that the volume of the sound emitted from a ball passage runs short.

  Feature D7. The outflow restricting unit is capable of transitioning to a non-regulatory state in which the outflow of gaming balls from the sound intake hole is not restricted, and a restricted state in which the outflow of gaming balls from the sound intake hole is restricted. The gaming machine according to feature D6.

  When the outflow of the game ball from the sound intake hole is restricted by the outflow restricting part, there is a concern that the uptake of sound from the sound intake hole to the ball passage is also restricted by the outflow restricting part. In this case, even if the output sound from the speaker is taken into the ball passage from the sound taking-in hole, the sound quality of the sound emitted from the ball passage tends to be deteriorated.

  On the other hand, according to the feature D7, when the outflow restricting portion is in the non-restricting state, the emission of the sound from the ball passage is interrupted, and the sound quality of the emitted sound is prevented from being deteriorated even without interruption. it can. On the other hand, when the outflow restricting portion is in the restriction state, the outflow of the gaming ball from the sound intake hole can be suppressed. Therefore, both the release of sound from the ball passage and the discharge of the gaming ball can be properly performed.

  Feature D8. The gaming machine according to the feature D7, wherein the outflow restricting portion is shifted from the non-restricted state to the restricted state by being pressed by a game ball flowing down the ball passage.

  According to the feature D8, when the gaming ball is not approaching the sound intake hole, the outflow restricting portion is in the non-regulatory state, so that the sound can be properly emitted from the ball passage. On the other hand, when the game ball flowing down approaches the sound intake hole, the outflow restricting portion is shifted to the restricted state by being pressed by the game ball, so the outflow of the game ball from the sound intake hole is suppressed. it can. Therefore, both the release of sound from the ball passage and the discharge of the game ball can be properly performed according to the situation where the game ball is flowing down the ball passage.

  Feature D9. The gaming machine according to the feature D8, wherein the outflow restricting part returns from the restricted state to the non-restricted state when the game ball passes and the pressing is released.

  According to the feature D9, when the gaming ball passes the periphery of the sound intake hole in the ball passage, the outflow restricting portion is in a restricted state only for a very short period, so that the sound emission period and the sound quality of the sound from the ball passage are interrupted. Can be very short. Therefore, even if the outflow of the gaming ball from the sound intake hole is restricted, it is possible to suppress that the rendering effect by the sound emitted from the ball passage is significantly reduced.

  Note that, as the configuration in which the outflow restricting part returns from the restricted state to the non-restricted state, the outflow restricting part is elastically deformed along with the transition from the non-restricted state to the restricted state, and occurs due to the elastic deformation. A configuration provided with an urging member for returning the outflow restricting portion from the restricted state to the non-restricted state by an urging force, or a configuration in which the outflow restricting portion returns from the restricted state to the non-regulated state by its own weight. Can be mentioned.

  Feature D10. The outflow restricting portion is shifted to the non-restricted state and the restricted state by rotating the upstream end of the outflow restricting portion as a pivot. The gaming machine according to any one.

  According to the feature D10, the outflow restricting portion can be shifted from the non-restricting state to the restricting state by being pressed by the game ball flowing down the ball passage, and the outflow restricting portion can be realized simply by pivotably providing the outflow restricting portion. .

Feature D11. A drive unit (regulating drive unit 366) for performing state transition of the outflow restricting unit;
Control means (sub-MPU 432 of the notification and effect control device 143) capable of shifting the outflow restricting portion to the non-restricting state and the restricting state by performing drive control of the drive portion;
The gaming machine according to any one of the features D7 to D10, comprising:

  When the game balls are stacked in the ball passage due to the ball tray being full, etc., the stacked game balls become a hindrance and the outflow control unit can not shift from the non-regulated state to the regulated state, and the sound There is a concern that the outflow restricting section can not regulate the outflow of the game balls from the intake hole.

  On the other hand, according to the feature D11, for example, it is possible to shift the outflow restricting portion to the restricted state or the non-regulated state at any timing according to the flow-down state of the gaming ball in the ball passage, In the case where the possibility of the game ball flowing out from the sound intake hole is likely to increase, for example, when the ball receptacle becomes full, the flow restricting portion can be previously shifted to the non-regulated state. As a result, it is possible to suppress that the game ball is not discharged from the ball passage to the ball receptacle properly due to the presence of the sound intake hole.

Feature D12. The control means
A unit (function to execute the process of step S802) for determining whether or not the ball receptacle is full of gaming balls;
A unit (function to execute the process of step S803) for shifting the outflow restricting unit to the restricted state when it is determined that the bowl is full;
The gaming machine according to feature D11, comprising:

  According to the feature D12, when the ball tray is full, the outflow restricting portion is kept in the restriction state, so even if the game balls stacked in the ball passage reach the sound capturing hole, the game is performed The outflow restricting portion can restrict the ball from flowing out of the sound intake hole.

Feature D13. A ball detection means (full detection sensor 280) for detecting that the gaming balls are stacked in the ball passage is provided downstream of the sound capturing hole in the ball passage,
In the feature D11 or D12, the control means determines that the ball receiving tray is full when stacking of gaming balls in the ball passage is detected by the ball detection means. Of gaming machines.

  According to the feature D13, when the ball receptacle is full, the outflow restricting portion can be shifted to the restriction state before the gaming balls stacked in the ball passage reach the sound intake hole. In this case, since it is possible to avoid the situation where the stacked game balls interfere and the outflow restricting part can not shift to the restricted state, it is possible to more surely regulate the game balls from flowing out from the sound capturing hole.

  Feature D14. The outflow restricting portion restricts the outflow of gaming balls from the sound intake hole by dividing the sound intake hole into a plurality of parts, and the feature is described in any one of the features D6 to D13. Of gaming machines.

  According to the feature D14, in the sound intake hole, the passage of the sound is possible even in a state divided into a plurality by the outflow restricting portion, so the outflow restricting portion restricts the outflow of the gaming ball from the sound intake hole. It is possible to simultaneously realize both of the process and the process of capturing the output sound from the speaker from the sound capturing hole into the ball passage. As a result, even if the outflow restricting portion is not constituted by a movable member, both of properly discharging the gaming ball from the ball passage to the ball receptacle and properly discharging the output sound from the speaker from the ball passage Becomes possible.

  Feature D15. The restraining mechanism is characterized in that the sound intake hole is provided in a ceiling portion of the ball passage (a vertical passage portion 452b of the lower plate passage partition 452). The gaming machine according to any one.

  According to the feature D15, the sound capturing hole can be arranged at a position spaced upward from the flowing path of the gaming ball in the ball passage. For this reason, even if the sound intake hole is made into a size and a shape that allows passage of the game ball, it is possible to suppress the game ball from flowing out from the ball passage through the sound intake hole.

  Feature D16. The gaming machine according to any one of the features D1 to D15, wherein the suppression mechanism is configured by providing a plurality of the sound intake holes as small holes through which game balls do not pass.

  According to the feature D16, since the gaming ball can not pass through the sound capturing hole which is a small hole, it is possible to suppress the outflow of the gaming ball from the ball passage. Moreover, since the middle to high range of the sound is easily attenuated by the output sound from the rear side of the speaker passing through the plurality of small holes, the low range of the sound emitted from the ball passage is clearly heard You can do so. For this reason, by using the configuration for preventing the game balls from flowing out of the ball passage, it is possible to enhance the rendering effect by the bass.

Feature D17. The ball passage includes a horizontal passage portion (upper stage horizontal passage portion 284) extending in the width direction or depth direction of the gaming machine, and a vertical passage portion (longitudinal passage portion 285) connected to the horizontal passage portion and extending in the vertical direction. Have,
The suppression mechanism is characterized in that a plurality of the sound intake holes are provided in each of the outer peripheral portions of the horizontal passage portion and the vertical passage portion as small holes for preventing passage of game balls. The gaming machine according to any one of features D1 to D16.

  According to the feature D17, since the gaming ball can not pass through the sound capturing hole which is a small hole, it is possible to suppress the outflow of the gaming ball from the ball passage. Moreover, since the middle to high range of the sound is easily attenuated by the output sound from the rear side of the speaker passing through the plurality of small holes, the low range of the sound emitted from the ball passage is clearly heard You can do so. For this reason, by using the configuration for preventing the game balls from flowing out of the ball passage, it is possible to enhance the rendering effect by the bass.

  Furthermore, since the direction in which the sound from the air chamber is transmitted differs between the horizontal passage portion and the vertical passage portion, it is possible to create an environment in which the low range of the sound is easily amplified and the middle and high range is easily attenuated. Thereby, the rendering effect by the bass can be further enhanced.

  The basic configuration of a gaming machine to which the above-described features can be applied will be shown below.

  Pachinko gaming machine: operation means (game ball emission handle 41) operated by the player, game ball emission means (game ball emission mechanism 110) for emitting game balls based on the operation of the operation means, and the emitted A ball passage (induction rail 100) for guiding a game ball to a predetermined game area (game area PE) and each game component arranged in the game area, and a predetermined passing portion (general winning) of each game component A gaming machine that provides a player with a bonus when a gaming ball passes through the mouth 61).

  Throttle type gaming machines such as slot machines: A variable display means is provided to display symbols in the final stop mode after variably displaying a symbol row consisting of a plurality of symbols, and the variation of symbols starts due to the operation of the starting operation means The variation of the symbol is stopped due to the operation of the operation means for stop or by the lapse of a predetermined time, the special stop game advantageous to the player as a necessary condition that the final stop symbol at the time of the stop is a specific symbol A gaming machine that generates a status (a bonus game, etc.).

  Ball-use belt-type gaming machine: A variable display means is provided for variably displaying a symbol row consisting of a plurality of symbols and then displaying the symbol row at the final stop, and the variation of symbols is started and stopped due to the operation of the starting operation means The variation of the symbol is stopped due to the operation of the operating means for the game or by the elapse of a predetermined time, the special gaming state (bonus advantageous to the player as a necessary condition that the final stop symbol at the time of the stop is a specific symbol A throwing device for generating a game, etc., and further providing a ball saucer to take in game balls from the ball saucer, and a payout device for paying out gaming balls to the ball saucer; A game machine configured such that the operation of the starting operation means becomes effective when a game ball is inserted.

  10: Pachinko machine as gaming machine, 13: inner frame as gaming machine main body, 14: front door frame as gaming machine front body, 30a: lower speaker as speaker, 30b: diaphragm, 34: sphere receiver Lower plate, 34a: first ball inlet constituting ball passage, 45: front door side passage unit, 60a: game board, 75: symbol display device as a symbol display device, 100: induction rail, 110: game ball launch Game ball emitting mechanism as means, 118: ball ball passage as recovery passage, 143: notification and effect control device having control means, 170: display control device as display control means, 231: as base body Base frame 259 ... back pack side lower disc passage portion constituting ball passage and second passage portion, 263 ... ball passage lower portion passage path constituting ball passage and second passage portion, 273 ... ball passage Front door side lower plate passage as surface passage portion and first passage portion 279 Outer opening as inlet portion 280 Full detection sensor as ball detection means 281a recovery port 284 passage portion and lateral Upper stage horizontal passage as passage, 285 ... vertical passage as passage, 286 ... lower passage as passage and horizontal passage, 289 ... ball receiving passage, 304 ... middle bend as ball corner 305: Downstream bending portion as a ball corner portion 331: enclosure: 332: air chamber 336: opening for a speaker 342: lower dish passage partition portion having a side portion of a vertical passage portion and a floor portion of a horizontal passage portion 342a: Horizontal portion as a floor portion of the horizontal passage portion and a lateral portion as an outer peripheral portion of the ball passage 342b: a vertical portion as a side portion of the vertical passage portion 344: a lower disk passage hole as a sound intake hole A sound bending portion as a portion, an outflow restricting portion 363 constituting a suppressing mechanism, a restricting member as an opening / closing body and a partition, 365 a rotation stopper, a restricting driving portion as a driving portion 366 as a horn portion Horn area 432, sub MPU 442 of the notification and effect control device as a control means, lower dish passage partition portion having a ceiling portion of a ball passage, 452 b longitudinal passage portion constituting a ceiling portion of a ball passage, 461 ... Partition member as a partition body.

Claims (1)

A gaming machine body having a gaming board;
A game machine front body rotatably provided in front of the game machine with respect to the game machine body;
A ball receptacle provided on the front face of the gaming machine and capable of storing gaming balls;
A ball passage for discharging game balls to the ball receptacle;
A speaker having a diaphragm and outputting a sound according to the vibration of the diaphragm;
Discharge means capable of releasing the sound output from the speaker forward of the gaming machine;
Equipped with
The outer peripheral portion of the ball passage is passing portion is provided capable of passing the sound in the discharge means to the ball passage,
The ball passage is
The sound emitted from the passage portion to the ball passage can be emitted toward the ball receiving plate,
It has a front passage portion provided on the front face of the gaming machine and communicating with the ball receptacle,
A game machine characterized in that the game machine front body constitutes at least a part of the front passage portion and the discharging means .

Images